Liebert-crv-user-manual.pdf

Liebert® CRV™ Row-Based Cooling System A SmartAisle™ Technology User Manual–60Hz 600mm Wide Air-Cooled, Water/Glycol-Cooled and Chilled Water Units 300mm Wide Air-Cooled Units

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 2.0

LIEBERT CRV COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

2.1

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.1.1

SmartAisle™ Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

3.0

INSPECTION AND UNPACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.1

Equipment Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 3.1.1

3.2

Packing Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3.2.1

Handling the Unit While it is Packaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

Moving the Unit Using Rigging—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unpacking the Liebert CRV—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the Unit from the Skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reattaching the Baffle Panel—600mm (24") Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uncrating and Removing the Liebert CRV from the Skid—300mm (12") DX Units . . . . . .

4.0 5.0

PREPARING THE LIEBERT CRV FOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 PIPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

5.1 5.2

Fluid Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Refrigeration and Hydraulic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5

Condensate Drain Piping—Field-Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gravity Drain—Units Without Factory-Installed Condensate Pump—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gravity Drain—300mm (12") DX Units Without Factory-Installed Condensate Pump . . . . Humidifier Supply Water—Optional Steam Generating Canister—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requirements of Systems Using Water or Glycol—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14 15 16 17 18

26 27 28 28 28

6.0

REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS FOR AIR-COOLED UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5

Piping Guidelines—Air-Cooled Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refrigerant Piping—Air-Cooled Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liebert MC Condenser Selection—600mm (24") and 300mm (12")CRV Units. . . . . . . . . . . Liebert Fin/Tube Condenser Selection—600mm (24") Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Piping Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.1 6.5.2

6.6

Heat Rejection Connection Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Piping Guidelines for Liebert MC and Fin/Tube Condensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Vacuum and Refrigerant Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 6.6.1

6.7

31 33 34 34 34

Evacuation Air-Cooled Models—600mm (24") and 300mm (12")Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

6.8

Calculating Charging Values for Liebert MC Condenser Systems, Units without Liebert Lee-Temp™ Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Charging Fin/Tube Condenser with Variable Fan Speed Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

7.0

WATER CONNECTIONS FOR WATER/GLYCOL UNITS—600MM (24") MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . 50

7.1 7.2 7.3

Water Connections—Supply Humidifier and Drain Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Glycol Mixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Water Connections: Water/Glycol-Cooled Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 7.3.1 7.3.2

Notes for Open-Circuit Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Notes for Closed-Circuit Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 i

8.0 9.0

WATER CONNECTIONS FOR CHILLED WATER UNITS—600MM (24") UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

9.1

Electrical Field Connections Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 9.1.1 9.1.2 9.1.3 9.1.4

Standard Electrical Connections—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Connections for Optional Features—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Electrical Field Connections—300mm (12") DX Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Field Connections for Optional Features—300mm (12") DX Models . . . . . . . . . . .

57 58 61 61

9.2

Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

9.3 9.4

Protective Features of the Electronically Commutated Fans—All Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Protective Features of Electrical Heaters—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

10.0

STARTUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4

Initial Startup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chilled Water Valve: Chilled Water 600mm (24") Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust Baffles to Direct Air Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.0

10.4.1 Adjust Baffles on 600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 10.4.2 Adjust Baffles on 300mm (12") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 10.4.3 Adjust Blocker Plate—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 LIEBERT ICOM® CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

11.1

Control Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

9.2.1

11.1.1 11.1.2 11.1.3 11.1.4

11.2 11.3

Power Supply Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Navigating Through the Liebert iCOM Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessing Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Multiple Units with a Networked Large Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

73 74 76 76

82 84 85 88

Liebert iCOM Display Readout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Liebert CRV Operation—Liebert iCOM Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.3 11.3.4 11.3.5

Entering a Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

94 95 96 96 97

11.4 11.5 11.6 11.7

Liebert iCOM User Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Liebert iCOM Service Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Service-Standby Settings Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Service—Wellness Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

11.8 11.9 11.10 11.11 11.12 11.13

Service—Diagnostics Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—Set Alarms Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—Sensor Calibration Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—System/Network Unit-Level Setup Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—Options Setup Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—Remote Sensors Menu Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.0

OPERATION IN TEAMWORK MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

12.1

Unit-to-Unit Network Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

11.7.1 Calculating Unit Wellness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

ii

114 118 120 122 126 130

12.2 12.3 12.4

Liebert iCOM U2U Ethernet Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Wiring a Liebert iCOM U2U Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Teamwork Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 12.4.1 12.4.2 12.4.3 12.4.4 12.4.5 12.4.6

Application of Teamwork Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No Teamwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teamwork Mode 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teamwork Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teamwork Mode 3 (Optimized Aisle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standby-Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

135 135 136 137 138 138

13.0

REMOTE RACK SENSOR WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

13.1 13.2 13.3

DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Set 2T Rack Sensor Identities-DIP Switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Terminating the Last 2T Sensor on a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 13.3.1 Using the Factory-Supplied Plug to Terminate the Last 2T Sensor on a Network . . . . . . . 142 13.3.2 Using Jumper to Terminate the Last 2T Rack Sensor on a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8

CANbus and Ethernet Cable Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route the CANbus Wire into the Cooling Unit-600mm (24") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route the CANbus Wire into the Cooling Unit-300mm (12") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Location and Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Rack Sensor Operation and Rack View Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145 147 148 149 152

14.0

OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

14.1

Alarms/Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

15.0

CALIBRATION AND REGULATION AFTER STARTUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

15.1

Thermostatic Expansion Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 15.1.1 Determine Suction Superheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 15.1.2 Adjust Superheat Setting with the TEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

15.2 15.3

Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Calibrating Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

16.0

MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8

Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facility Fluid and Piping Maintenance for Water and Glycol Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glycol Solution Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspect and Replace the Air Filters—600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspect and Replace the Air Filters—300mm (12") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensate Drain and Condensate Pump Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161 162 162 162 162 164 166 168

16.8.1 Condensate Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 16.8.2 Condensate Pump, Dual-Float. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

16.9 Air-Cooled Condenser and Drycoolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 16.10 Electrical Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 16.11 Replace a Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 16.11.1 Fan Replacement on 600mm (24") Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

16.12 Considerations when Dismantling the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 16.13 F-Gas Regulation (EC) No. 842/2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 iii

17.0 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 APPENDIX A - HUMIDIFIER—600MM (24") UNITS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 A.1

Principal of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 A.1.1 A.1.2 A.1.3 A.1.4 A.1.5 A.1.6

Humidifier Water Supply and PlumbingHumidifier Water Supply and Plumbing . . . . . . . Humidifier Water ConnectionHumidifier Water Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humidifier Startup and OperationHumidifier Startup and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Water ConductivityLow Water Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder ReplacementCylinder Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humidifier TroubleshootingHumidifier Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

176 176 177 177 177 179

APPENDIX B - REMOTE RACK SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 B.1

Starting Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

FIGURES Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33

Component location, common components—600mm (24") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Component location—Liebert 300mm (12") CR019 DX units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Overall dimensions, service area—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Overall dimensions, service area—300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Liebert CRV, front and rear views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Liebert CRV center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Recommended unit handling equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Moving the unit using rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Unpacking the Liebert CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Removing the 600mm (24") unit from the skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Removing the Liebert CRV 300mm (12") DX unit from the skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Adjust leveling feet—600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 General arrangement, Liebert MC condenser—air-cooled 600mm (24") units with and without Liebert Lee-Temp condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 General arrangement, fin/tube condenser—air-cooled 600mm (24") units with and without Liebert Lee-Temp condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 General arrangement, Liebert MC condenser with and without Liebert Lee-Temp—air-cooled 300mm (12") units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 General arrangement—water-glycol units, 600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 General arrangement—chilled water, 600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Condensate pumps—600mm (24") and 300mm (12") DX units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Gravity drain piping—600mm (24") and 300mm (12") units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Gravity drain connection, 300mm (12") DX units without condensate pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Connections for vacuum creation and refrigerant charge—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Connections for vacuum creation and refrigerant charge—300mm (12") DX models. . . . . . . . . . 32 Top refrigerant piping connections—600mm (24") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Bottom refrigerant piping connections—600mm (24") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Top refrigerant piping connections—300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Piping line cooling unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Connection locations—air-cooled 600mm (24") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Connections—air-cooled 300mm (12") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Water connection points, bottom entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Recommended drycooler installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Connections—water/glycol models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Chilled water connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Chilled water circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

iv

Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83

Connections—chilled water models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Electrical field connections—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 CANbus communication connection Liebert CRV and Liebert MC (premium) unit. . . . . . . . . . . 60 Electrical field connections—300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Low-voltage field wiring routing into the unit—300mm (12") DX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Serial tag location——600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Remove electrical panel and lower front panel—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Pull out the electric panel—300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Power and control cable entry points and routing—600mm (24") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Power cable routing—Bottom entry, 300mm (12") DX models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Liebert IntelliSlot cable routing—Top entry, 300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Liebert IntelliSlot cable routing—Bottom entry, 300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Electrical heating with temperature sensor protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Refrigerant line components—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Refrigerant line components—300mm (12") DX models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Position of the chilled water valve actuator (for 2- or 3-way valve)—600mm (24") units. . . . . . . 76 Adjust the baffles to ensure correct airflow direction—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Adjust the baffles to ensure correct airflow direction—300mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Adjust air-blocking plate—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Liebert iCOM® default screen symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 User menu icons and descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Service menu icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 System View screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Unit View screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Main screens, User, Service and Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Screen transition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Menu tree—Stand-alone units or units not in a network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Liebert CRV system screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Menu tree—Liebert CRV’s in a network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Display user menu - Display setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Liebert iCOM menu components for Liebert CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Liebert iCOM® menu components for Liebert CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Service Menu - Setpoint screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Fan Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Airflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Service menu setpoint screen for humidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 User Menus-Setpoints parameters screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 User menus—Spare Parts screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 User menus-Event log screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 User menus-Network screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 User menus-Sensor data parameters screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 User menus—Sensor data parameters screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 User menus—Display setup parameters screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 User menus—Total run hours parameters screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 User menus—Condenser timer screen-page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 User menus—Condenser timer screen-page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

v

Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 Figure 95 Figure 96 Figure 97 Figure 98 Figure 99 Figure 100 Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133

Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Standby settings / lead-lag parameters screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Wellness basic settings screen - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Wellness motor settings parameters screen - Page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Wellness compressor 1 settings parameters screen - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Wellness electric heater 1 settings parameters screen - Page 4. . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Wellness humidifier settings parameters screen - Page 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / Service mode parameters - Page 4 CW models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / Service mode parameters - Page 4 DX models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus Figure 85 Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 7 . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menusFigure 89 Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters — Page 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—System / network setup parameters-System - Page 1 for the Display . . . . . . . Service menus—System / network setup parameters-Large display only System - Page 2 for the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—System/Network setup parameters Unit- Page 1 for the Board. . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—System/Network setup parameters Unit - Page 2 for the Board . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service—Service Contact Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service menus—Remote Sensor Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U2U Network Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U2U network diagram-600mm (24in. ) Liebert CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U2U network diagram-300mm (12in. ) Liebert CRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teamwork modes and sensor management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teamwork Mode 1 with three cooling units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T rack sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIP switches in 2T sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting DIP switches for 2T sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Termination with factory-supplied plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Termination jumper setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the remote temperature/humidity sensor cover and setting DIP switches . . . . . . . . CANbus wire Cable with Grounding Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-600mm (24") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top entry route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-300mm (12") DX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T rack sensors installed on neighboring racks-600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2T rack sensors installed on neighboring racks-300mm (12") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Sensor Setup, page 1 of 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

108 109 111 112 112 113 113 114 114 115 116 116 117 117 118 118 119 119 120 120 120 121 121 122 122 123 124 125 126 127 127 128 130 132 133 134 135 137 140 140 141 142 143 144 146 147 149 150 151 152

Figure 134 Temperature and humidity sensor terminal, viewed from the rear of the unit-600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 135 Temperature and humidity sensor and filter clog sensor viewed from front of unit-300mm (12") DX models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 136 Air filter location and input power safety switch—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 137 Remove the air filters—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 138 Differential pressure switch tubes—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 139 Remove the air filters 300mm (12") models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 140 Differential pressure switch components, 300mm (12") DX models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 141 Condensate pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 142 Liebert CRV fan assembly components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 143 General diagram—humidifier operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 144 Water connection to humidifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 145 Sensor pins, cylinder plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 146 CANbus and Ethernet cable wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

153 153 164 165 165 166 167 168 169 175 176 178 180

TABLES Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28

Dry weight, all model types, ± 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Overall dimensions, service area—300mm (12") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Weights without packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Shipping weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions Liebert QuietLine™ sound levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Condenser positioning—Liebert MC and fin/tube condenser with or without Liebert Lee-Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Liebert CRV position relative to the remote condenser—Liebert MC and fin/tube condenser with or without Liebert Lee-Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Recommended refrigerant line sizes, Cu, OD, for Liebert MC and VFD control fin/tube condensers with R-410A with and without Liebert Lee-Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Liebert MC Condenser piping sizes for 600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units. . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Condenser piping connection sizes—single-circuit condensers with Liebert Lee-Temp for 600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Piping and refrigerant sizes for Liebert Lee-Temp™ fin/tube condensers with R-410A. . . . . . . . 37 Piping and refrigerant sizes for Liebert air-cooled, VFD control condensers with R-410A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Unit connection sizes, air-cooled models—600mm (24") models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Key to unit connections in Figure 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Indoor unit charge R-410A refrigerant and oil charge for air-cooled models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Interconnecting piping refrigerant charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Refrigerant required, R-410A, approximate for Liebert MC Condensers, with and without Liebert Lee-Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fin/tube condensers air-cooled condenser refrigerant charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Refrigerant and oil charge for water-cooled models—600mm (24") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Target subcooling for ambient outdoor temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Difference in subcooling measurements—Indoor minus outdoor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Liquid pressure and temperature chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Water connection options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Volume of CRV internal water circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Glycol mixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 vii

Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Table 38 Table 39 Table 40 Table 41 Table 42

Unit connections, water/glycol-cooled models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Unit connections, chilled water models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Keyboard icons and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Service menu icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Controlling sensor settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Service contact info parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Teamwork Mode 1 or 3, definition of Serial, Parallel and Local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 DIP switch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Liebert CRV™ - Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Calibrating electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Unit diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Liebert iCOM® medium control board DIPswitch settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Humidifier troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

viii

Important Safety Instructions

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This manual contains important safety instructions that should be followed during the installation and maintenance of the Liebert CRV. Read this manual thoroughly before attempting to carry out any operations on the Liebert CRV, including installation and operation. Retain this manual for the entire service life of the Liebert CRV. Only properly trained and qualified personnel should move, install or service this equipment. Adhere to all warnings, cautions and installation, operating and safety instructions on the unit and in this manual. Follow all operating and user instructions. Any operation that requires opening doors or equipment panels must be carried out only by properly trained and qualified personnel. Each machine is equipped with an electric insulation device that allows the operator to work safely. Switch Off the machine with this electric insulation device before beginning any maintenance operation to eliminate remaining risks (electric shocks, burns, automatic restarting, moving parts and remote control). To identify the unit by model and serial number in order to obtain assistance or spare parts, locate the identification label on the outside of the unit. A warning label on the front and back panels reminds users that: • the Liebert CRV restarts automatically • the main switch must be opened before opening the internal compartments for any operation.

! WARNING Arc flash and electric shock hazard. Can cause injury and death. Open all local and remote electric power supplies, verify with a voltmeter that power is Off and wear appropriate personal protective equipment per NFPA 70E before working within the electric control enclosures. Before proceeding with installation, read all instructions, verify that all the parts are included and check the nameplate to be sure the voltage matches available utility power. The Liebert iCOM® microprocessor does not isolate power from the unit, even in the Unit Off mode. Some internal components require and receive power even during the Unit Off mode of the Liebert iCOM control. The factory-supplied optional disconnect switch is inside the unit. The line side of this switch contains live hazardous voltage potential. Install and open a remote disconnect switch and verify with a voltmeter that live hazardous voltage potential is not present inside the unit cabinet before working within. Refer to the unit electrical schematic. Follow all national and local codes.

1

Liebert® CRV™

Important Safety Instructions

! WARNING Risk of high temperatures, extreme cold and high-speed rotating fan blades. Can cause

equipment damage, injury and death. Disconnect all local and remote electrical power supplies, confirm that all fan blades have stopped rotating and allow the component temperatures to become safe for human contact before opening doors and/or removing protective covers and working within. If the doors are opened immediately after the Liebert CRV has been switched Off: • some components, such as electrical heaters, compressor, outlet area and outlet piping, may remain at high temperature about 212°F (100°C); • some components, such as the evaporator, may remain at low temperature; • fan blades may continue to rotate by inertia. These residual risks are highlighted by warning labels on the Liebert CRV.

! WARNING Risk of explosive discharge from high-pressure refrigerant. Can cause injury and death. This unit contains fluids and gases under high pressure. Relieve pressure before working with piping.

! WARNING Risk of hair, clothing and jewelry entanglement with high speed rotating fan blades. Can cause equipment damage, serious injury or death.

Keep hair, jewelry and loose clothing secured and away from rotating fan blades during operation.

! WARNING Risk of top-heavy unit falling over. Can cause equipment damage, injury and death. Verify that all lifting equipment is rated for the weight of the unit. See Tables 4 and 5 for unit weights. Read all of the following instructions before attempting to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV.

! CAUTION Risk of sharp edges, splinters and exposed fasteners. Can cause injury. Only properly trained and qualified personnel wearing appropriate safety headgear, gloves, shoes and glasses should attempt to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV or prepare the unit for installation.

NOTICE

Risk of overhead interference. Can cause unit and/or building damage. The unit may be too tall to fit through a doorway while on the skid. Measure the unit and doorway heights and refer to the installation plans prior to moving the unit to verify clearances.

NOTICE Risk of improper storage. Can cause unit damage. Keep the unit upright, indoors and protected from dampness, freezing temperatures and contact damage.

Liebert® CRV™

2

Important Safety Instructions

NOTICE Risk of internal system corrosion and frozen coolant fluid. Can cause equipment damage and major fluid leaks resulting in serious building damage, expensive repair costs and costly system down time. Cooling coils, heat exchangers and piping systems that are connected to open cooling towers or other open water/glycol systems are at high risk of freezing and premature corrosion. Fluids in these systems must contain the proper antifreeze and inhibitors to prevent freezing and premature coil, piping and heat exchanger corrosion. The water or water/glycol solution must be analyzed by a competent local water treatment specialist before startup to establish the inhibitor and antifreeze solution requirement and at regularly scheduled intervals throughout the life of the system to determine the pattern of inhibitor depletion. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. Read and follow individual unit installation instructions for precautions regarding fluid system design, material selection and use of field-provided devices. Liebert systems contain iron and copper alloys that require appropriate corrosion protection. It is important to have the system running with flow through exchangers maintained at initial system fill for 24 to 48 hours depending on size and system configuration. Water chemistry varies greatly by location, as do the required additives, called inhibitors, that reduce the corrosive effect of the fluids on the piping systems and components. The chemistry of the water used must be considered, because water from some sources may contain corrosive elements that reduce the effectiveness of the inhibited formulation. Sediment deposits prevent the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of the coolant system components and piping. The water/coolant fluid must be treated and circulating through the system continuously to prevent the buildup of sediment deposits and or growth of sulfate reducing bacteria. Proper inhibitor maintenance must be performed in order to prevent corrosion of the system. Consult glycol manufacturer for testing and maintenance of inhibitors. Commercial ethylene glycol (examples are Dow Chemical Dowtherm SR-1 Union Carbide Ucartherm and Texaco E.G. Heat Transfer Fluid 100), when pure, is generally less corrosive to the common metals of construction than water itself. It will, however, assume the corrosivity of the water from which it is prepared and may become increasingly corrosive with use if not properly inhibited.

NOTICE Risk of no-flow condition. Can cause equipment damage. Do not leave the unit in a no-flow condition. Idle fluid allows the collection of sediment that prevents the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of tubes. Keep unit switched on and system pump operating continuously. NOTE The Liebert indoor cooling unit has a factory-installed high pressure safety switch in the high side refrigerant circuit. A pressure relief valve is provided with Liebert Lee-Temp™ condensers. Consult your local building code to determine if the Liebert VFD condensers will require field-provided pressure-relief devices. A fusible plug kit for Liebert VFD condensers is available for field installation.

3

Liebert® CRV™

Model Number Nomenclature - 25 Digit Configuration Number 1

MODEL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE - 25 DIGIT CONFIGURATION NUMBER 1 Model # Part 1

Model Details

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

C

R

0

2

0

R

A

1

C

7

S

D

1

Digits 1-2 - Unit Family

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

8

1

1

E

L

1

0

P

A

—

—

—

Digit 15 - Water/Glycol Valve Type

Liebert CRV = CR

1 = Two-Way Valve (W/G only) OR Default Air-Cooled Selection

Digits 3-5 - Nominal Capacity, kW

7 = Three-Way Valve (W/G only)

DX = 019 (300mm [12" wide]), 020, 035 (600mm [24"] wide), 2000mm [78.75in.] height) CW = 040 (600mm [24in.] wide, 2000mm height)

H = Default CW Selection Digit 16 - Unit Color

Digit 6 - Row-Based, Unit Depth

1 = Standard Color (Z-7021 Black)

R = 1100mm (43.4in) 2 = 1200mm (47.25 in) (available on 300mm [12in.] chilled water models only)

Model # Part 2

2 = Non-Standard Color Digit 17 - High-Voltage Options

Digit 7 - System Type

L = NO condensate pump (for units without humidifier), 5k SCCR CW

A = Air Cooled

A = NO condensate pump (for units without humidifier)

W = Water/Glycol Cooled

E = Dual-float condensate pump (for units with or without humidifier)

C = Chilled Water Cooled

5 = Dual-float condensate pump (for units with or without humidifier), 5k SCCR CW

Digit 8 - Fan Type 1 = Variable Speed EC fans

M = NO dual-float condensate pump (for units without humidifier), 65k SCCR, 600 series and CRV300 DX series

Digit 9 - Power Supply A = 460V / 3ph / 60Hz

P = Dual-float condensate Pump (for units with or without humidifier), 65k SCCR, 600 series and CRV300 DX series

C = 208V / 3ph / 60Hz P = 208/230V / 1ph / 60Hz (Control transformer can be tapped to provide 240V / 1ph / 60Hz)

Digit 18 - Option Package (600 Series Only) 0 = None

Y = 208/230 3ph 60Hz Digit 10 - Cooling System

H = Reheat and Humidifier Lockout

600mm (24in.) wide series:

C = Reheat and Humidifier Lockout Additional Alarm Contact

2 = Two-Way Valve (CW, 600mm [24in.] models only)

D = Low Sound Package (DX units only)

3 = Three-Way Valve (CW, 600mm [24in.] models only)

L = Low Sound Package and Reheat and Humidifier Lockout and Additional Alarm Contact (DX units only)

7 = R-410A digital scroll (DX only) 300mm (12in.) wide series 9 = Top and bottom CW connections; CRV600 only

Digit 19 - Liebert IntelliSlot® Housing

Digit 11 - Humidifier

0 = No Cards

0 = None

U = (1) Liebert IntelliSlot IS-UNITY-DP Card

S = Steam Generating Canister (600mm [24in.] models only)

C = (1) Liebert SiteLink-E® Card

Digit 12 - Display Type

6 = (1) Liebert IntelliSlot IS-UNITY-DP Card and (1) Liebert SiteLink-E® Card

D = Liebert iCOM® Control with Large Graphic Display Digit 13 - Reheat 0 = None

7= (2) Liebert IntelliSlot IS-UNITY-DP Cards Digit 20 - Future Options

1 = Electric Reheat (600mm [24in.] models only) Digit 14 - Air Filter

0 = None Digit 21 - Packaging

8 = 4" MERV 8 + Clogged Filter Alarm (600mm [24in.] models only 9 = 4" MERV 11 + Clogged Filter Alarm (600mm [24in.] models) only

P = Domestic S = Export (Seaworthy) Digit 22 - Special Features A = No SFAs, Standard Unit

C = 1/2" MERV 1 and Clog Filter Alarm (300mm [12in.] models only) A = 2" MERV 8 (300mm [12in.] DX models only)

X = SFA Included Digits 23-25 - Factory Configuration Number

1. The 14-digit model number consists of the first 10 digits and last four digits of the configuration number. 2. CR019 data in this document refers only as DX units.

Liebert® CRV™

4

Liebert CRV Component Location

1.0

LIEBERT CRV COMPONENT LOCATION

Figure 1

Component location, common components—600mm (24") models

3

1

4

2

5

13

12

1

Top electrical entrance

2

Electric box

3

Top humidifier water supply, condensate pump drain

4

Supply and Return Connections

5

EC plug fans

6

Electric heaters

7

Humidifier distributor

8

Condensate pump

9

Bottom electrical entrance

10

Bottom condensate pump drain

11

Evaporator / CW coil

12

Liebert iCOM®

13

Serial tag (inside door)

6 7

11 REAR

10 9 FRONT

8

5

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert CRV Component Location

Figure 2

Component location—Liebert 300mm (12") CR019 DX units FRONT

1

2

10

9

1

Top electrical entrance

2

Liebert iCOM®

3

Evaporator Coil

4

Bottom Refrigerant Connections

5

Knockouts for bottom electrical entrance

6

Compressor

7

Caster and leveling foot

8

Serial Tag

9

Electric box

10

Main disconnect switch

11

Baffles (five assemblies)

12

EC plug fans (five)

13

Top Refrigerant Connections

13

8

11

4

12

3

5

REAR

6 7

FRONT

Liebert® CRV™

6

REAR

Liebert CRV Component Location

Figure 3

Overall dimensions, service area—600mm (24") models Access required to service the Liebert CRV within the row. Rear service area is S+B or S+A when B is not available. 25-9/16" (650mm)

35-9/16" (903mm)

13-3/4" (350mm)

A

25-9/16" (650mm)

Nominal 78-3/4" (2000mm)

S

B

REAR

FRONT 3-15/16" (100mm) Door 12" Fully (305mm) Open

107-5/16" (2725mm)

46-1/4" (1175mm)

TOP VIEW

2 (60 3-5/8 0m " m)

mm m) 5m 1175 7 ( ( 3" 4" -1/ 46

)

For proper airflow distribution: Align the front door of neighboring server racks with the front corner of the Liebert CRV

21-5/8" (550mm)

S 3-5/16" (100mm)

23-5/8" (600mm) 27-9/16" (700mm)

Air Filters

Access required for installation of the Liebert CRV within the row.

Ho

tA

l

tal

Ins Co

ld A

Ins 49

49

ir

tal

l

2 " (1

45

mm

Table 1

)

ir

2 " (1

45

mm

REAR VIEW

)

Front or Rear Clearance Required

DPN001791 Rev. 3

Dry weight, all model types, ± 5% Model Type

Model No.

Air Cooled lb (kg)

Water/Glycol lb (kg)

Chilled Water lb (kg)

CR020R CR035R CR040R

739 (335) 805 (365) —

772 (350 849 (385) —

— — 728 (330)

Source: DPN001791, Rev. 2

7

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert CRV Component Location

Figure 4

Overall dimensions, service area—300mm (12") DX models

Access Required to Service the Unit Between Existing Racks Within the Row Service area is S+A+B 12" (300mm)

12" (300mm)

12" (300mm)

A

S

B

FRONT

HOT AIR

36" (915mm) 79" (2000mm) COLD AIR REAR

TOP VIEW

Depth (see table) 12" (300mm) FRONT with Display

Access Required to Install the Unit Between Existing Racks Within the Row.

36" (915mm)

B

S

A

12" (300mm)

12" (300mm)

Either Front or Rear Clearance Required

12" (300mm)

Install Depth

DPN002807 Rev. 1 Table 2

Install Depth

Overall dimensions, service area—300mm (12") models

Model

Height in (mm)

Depth in (mm)

Installation Depth, in (mm)

Weight, ± 5% lb (kg)

CR019R

78.7 (2,000)

43.3 (1,100)

49.2 (1,250)

507 (230)

Liebert® CRV™

8

Introduction

2.0

INTRODUCTION

2.1

Product Description The Liebert CRV is a precision cooling unit available in compressorized (air-, water- or glycol-cooled) and chilled water configurations to be installed within a row of high-density computing racks in a “hot aisle-cold aisle” configuration. Air enters the rear of the Liebert CRV from the hot aisle, is filtered, cooled and conditioned, then discharged into the cold aisle. The Liebert CRV provides all the necessary functions of a standard precision air conditioner, including cooling, heating, humidification, dehumidification, air filtration, condensate management, temperature control, alarm monitoring and data communication. The Liebert CRV is optimized for maximum cooling capacity in a minimal footprint.

Figure 5

Liebert CRV, front and rear views

Front

Rear

600mm (24 inch) DX and CW Models

Front

Rear

300mm (12 inch) DX Models

9

Liebert® CRV™

Introduction

2.1.1

SmartAisle™ Configuration The SmartAisle from Emerson Network Power® is an intelligent row-based system that integrates data center racks, power, row cooling, aisle containment, monitoring and control technologies into a complete data center layout. The Liebert CRV is a SmartAisle technology, appropriate for use with the SmartAisle design approach.

Typical SmartAisle Components Each SmartAisle from Emerson is custom-designed, offering the most favorable layout for the installation. The design takes into account the equipment required, equipment sizes (with the heat load or power consumption), cooling equipment type (chilled water or water/glycol based) and whether cooling or power redundancy is desired. Some typical components are: Liebert APM™

DCF™ or DCM™ Cabinets

Liebert Battery Cabinets

Modular Containment

Liebert BDC

™

Liebert CRV

Liebert MB™ Liebert PDU’s

Depending on heat load and power requirements, there may be multiple Liebert cooling units and multiple AC Power Protection and Distribution units.

Liebert® CRV™

10

Inspection and Unpacking

3.0

INSPECTION AND UNPACKING

! WARNING Risk of top-heavy unit falling over. Can cause equipment damage, injury and death. Read all of the following instructions before attempting to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV.

! CAUTION Risk of sharp edges, splinters and exposed fasteners. Can cause injury. Only properly trained and qualified personnel wearing appropriate safety headgear, gloves, shoes and glasses should attempt to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV or prepare the unit for installation.

NOTICE Risk of overhead interference. Can cause unit and/or building damage. The unit may be too tall to fit through a doorway while on the skid. Measure the unit and doorway heights and refer to the installation plans prior to moving the unit to verify clearances.

NOTICE Risk of improper storage. Can cause unit damage. Keep the unit upright, indoors and protected from dampness, freezing temperatures and contact damage.

3.1

Equipment Inspection After the Liebert CRV unit arrives and before it is unpacked, verify that the delivered equipment matches the bill of lading. Examine the packaging for any signs of mishandling or damage. Inspect all items for damage, visible or concealed. Report any damage immediately to the carrier and file a damage claim. Send a copy of the claim to Emerson Network Power or your Emerson representative.

3.1.1

Packing Material All material used to package this unit is recyclable. Please save this material for future use or dispose of it appropriately.

11

R

Liebert® CRV™

Inspection and Unpacking

3.2

Handling

Figure 6

Liebert CRV center of gravity Z

Z

X

X

Y

Y

• Always keep the packaged Liebert CRV upright and never leave it outdoors. Be aware of the center of gravity indicated on the package and in Table 3 below: Table 3

Center of gravity Distance from lower right front corner, ± 2 in. (51m)

Model No. /Cooling Type

Unit Width

X, in. (mm)

Y, in. (mm)

Z, in. (mm)

CR019 (DX)

300mm (12")

21 (154)

6 (154)

34 (860)

CR020 (air-cooled or water-glycol)

600mm (24")

20 (508)

12 (305)

28 (711)

CR035 (air-cooled or water-glycol)

600mm (24")

20 (508)

12 (305)

32 (813)

CR040 (chilled water)

600mm (24")

21 (533)

12 (305)

32 (813)

The center of gravity on the Liebert CRV varies with the options and the model's size.

Table 4

Weights without packaging Weight ± 5%, lb (kg)

Model No.

Electrical Data

Air-Cooled

Water/Glycol-Cooled

Chilled Water

CR019

208/3/60

507 (230)

—

—

CR020

208/3/60

739 (335)

—

—

460/3/60

739 (335)

772 (350)

—

208/3/60

739 (335)

772 (350)

—

460/3/60

805 (365)

849 (385)

—

208/3/60

805 (365)

849 (385)

—

460/3/60

—

—

728 (330)

208/3/60

—

—

728 (330)

CR020 CR035 CR040

Liebert® CRV™

12

Inspection and Unpacking

Table 5

3.2.1

Shipping weights Domestic Packaging, lb (kg)

Export Packaging, lb (kg)

Model No.

Air

Water/Glycol

Chilled Water

Air

Water/Glycol

Chilled Water

CR019

598 (271)

—

—

721 (327)

—

—

CR020

846 (384)

879 (399)

—

953 (432)

986 (447)

—

CR035

912 (414)

956 (434)

—

1019 (462)

1063 (482)

—

CR040

—

—

835 (379)

—

—

942 (427)

Handling the Unit While it is Packaged

Figure 7

Recommended unit handling equipment

Spreader Bars and Slings

Forklift Pallet Jack

• Transport the packaged unit using a forklift, pallet jack or by overhead lift with slings and spreader bars that are rated for the weight of the unit (see tables above). • When using a forklift or pallet jack, make sure the forks (if adjustable) are spread to the widest allowable distance to still fit under the skid. Make sure the fork length is suitable for the skid length. Skid length for 600mm (24") model is 60" (1524mm). Skid length for 300mm (12") model is 54" (1372mm) • Do not lift the packaged unit any higher than 4" (102mm). All personnel except those moving the Liebert CRV must be kept 12' (3.7m) or more from the unit while it is being moved. • If the unit must be lifted higher than 4" (102mm), all personnel not directly involved in moving the Liebert CRV must be 20' (5m) or more from the unit.

13

Liebert® CRV™

Inspection and Unpacking

3.3

Moving the Unit Using Rigging—600mm (24") Models

! WARNING Risk of top-heavy unit falling over. Can cause equipment damage, injury and death. Verify that all lifting equipment is rated for the weight of the unit. See Tables 4 and 5 for unit weights. Read all of the following instructions before attempting to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV.

! CAUTION Risk of sharp edges, splinters and exposed fasteners. Can cause injury. Only properly trained and qualified personnel wearing appropriate safety headgear, gloves, shoes and glasses should attempt to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV or prepare the unit for installation. 1. Use a pallet jack or forklift to raise the packaged unit. 2. Place slings under the skid runners, equally spacing the slings to make sure the unit is balanced (see Figure 8). 3. Lower the unit and remove the pallet jack or forklift. 4. Connect the slings to the lifting device, using spreader bars or similar equipment to protect the unit (see Figure 8). NOTE Wrapping one or two more straps around the middle of the Liebert CRV will improve stability when it is lifted. 5. Move the unit to its installation location. Two or more properly trained and qualified personnel are required to move the Liebert CRV to its installation location. 6. Lower the Liebert CRV and remove the slings. Figure 8

Moving the unit using rigging

197023 Rev. 5

Liebert® CRV™

14

Inspection and Unpacking

3.4

Unpacking the Liebert CRV—600mm (24") Models 1. Remove the lag bolts securing ramp to skid. 2. Place the ramp and the plastic bag with orange clips to the side for use in removing the unit from the skid. 3. Remove the stretch film and corner/side packaging planks from around the unit. 4. Remove the unit bag when ready to install the unit.

Figure 9

Unpacking the Liebert CRV

197023 Rev. 5

15

Liebert® CRV™

Inspection and Unpacking

3.5

Removing the Unit from the Skid

! WARNING Risk of top-heavy unit falling over. Can cause equipment damage, injury and death. Read all of the following instructions before attempting to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV.

! CAUTION Risk of sharp edges, splinters and exposed fasteners. Can cause injury. Only properly trained and qualified personnel wearing appropriate safety headgear, gloves, shoes and glasses should attempt to move, lift or remove packaging from the Liebert CRV or prepare the unit for installation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Open the top panel door with the mounted control (refer to Figure 10). Remove the bottom baffle panel assembly by removing the screws with a T30 Torx screwdriver. Set the baffle panel assembly aside until the Liebert CRV is ready for it to be to reattached. Close and latch the top panel door. Place the ramp against the skid as shown in Figure 10. Remove the orange clips from the plastic bag. Insert clips into holes of the skid and ramp. Remove the eight bolts (four on each side) that secure side tie-down brackets to skid. Bolts can be removed using a 17mm socket wrench, open-end wrench or pliers. Lower the four stabilizer feet until the side tie-down brackets no longer contact the skid. Remove the six bolts (three on each side) that secure the side tie-down brackets to the unit base. The bolts can be removed using a 13mm socket wrench, open-end wrench or pliers. Remove the side tie-down brackets. Remove the eight bolts (four on each side) that secure the lift block to the skid. The bolts can be removed using a 17mm socket wrench, open-end wrench or pliers. Remove the lift blocks from the skid. Using the stabilizer feet, lower the unit to the skid. Move the unit to its installation location. Two or more properly trained and qualified personnel are required to move the Liebert CRV to its installation location.

Liebert® CRV™

16

Inspection and Unpacking

Figure 10 Removing the 600mm (24") unit from the skid

Step 5

Step 8

Step 1 4 Bolts on Each Side Secure the Tie-Down Bracket to the Skid

M17 Socket M13 Socket

Step 8

Step 15

197023 Rev. 5

3.6

Reattaching the Baffle Panel—600mm (24") Units Once the Liebert CRV has been moved to where it will be installed, the baffle panel can be reattached. 1. Open top panel door (the one with the Liebert iCOM®). 2. Reattach the bottom baffle panel assembly with screws, using a T30 Torx drive. 3. Close and latch top panel door.

17

Liebert® CRV™

Inspection and Unpacking

3.7

Uncrating and Removing the Liebert CRV from the Skid—300mm (12") DX Units If possible, transport the unit using a forklift or pallet jack. • If using a forklift or pallet jack, ensure that the fork tine length is suitable to safely move the packaged unit. • Emerson recommends keeping the unit on the shipping pallet and in its protective packaging until it has been moved to its installation site. • When handling and unpacking the unit, exercise great care to prevent damage. • Do not lift the unit any higher than 6" (152mm) while moving it. If it must be lifted higher than 6" (152mm), exercise great care and keep all personnel who are not helping move the unit at least 20' (5m) away from the unit. • The Liebert CRV 300mm (12") DX unit has four casters to permit rolling it into position. The unit also has four outrigger-style stabilizer bars to help keep it from tipping.

! WARNING Risk of unsecured unit rolling off skid. Can cause equipment damage, injury or death. The Liebert CRV 300mm (12") DX unit is on casters. Ensure that the unit/skid is located on a flat surface before loosening the hardware securing the Liebert CRV to its shipping pallet. 1. Release the retaining clips along the seam in the corrugated packaging from around the unit. This will allow removing the corrugated packaging (see Steps 1 and 2 in Figure 11). 2. Remove the two ramps, each is secured to the skid with two bolts with 1/4" hexagonal heads. 3. Fit the tab on each ramp into a hole on the shipping pallet as shown in (see the detail area in Step 3 in Figure 11). 4. Remove the two shipping brackets, one on each side of the Liebert CRV. Each bracket is secured by three bolts with a 9/16" hexagonal heads (see Step 4 in Figure 11). At least two properly trained and qualified personnel may roll the Liebert CRV down the ramp and off the pallet onto a flat surface. Figure 11

Removing the Liebert CRV 300mm (12") DX unit from the skid

1

3

1/4" Hex Head 2 Per Ramp

2

Retaining Clip

4 9/16" Hex Head 3 Per Bracket

5

315639P

Liebert® CRV™

18

Preparing the Liebert CRV for Installation

4.0

PREPARING THE LIEBERT CRV FOR INSTALLATION 1. Open the display door and remove the lower front baffle panel using a 10mm nutdriver or T30 Torx Bit to prepare for installation. 2. Open the rear panel, referring to Figure 10. The documents are located inside the display door. 3. After the Liebert CRV is in its final installation position, adjust the four base supports, or feet, with an adjustable wrench. Ensure that the unit is level to avoid corrosion or health hazards caused by condensate accumulation. a. Turning the base supports, or feet, clockwise, will extend them, lifting the unit one corner at a time. b. Tighten the nut on the top of each adjustable foot to lock the feet. The nut on 600mm (24in.) units is inside the cabinet. The nut on 300mm (24in.) units is under the cabinet.

Figure 12 Adjust leveling feet—600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units Tighten this nut after the foot is adjusted to the desired height Adjust the height of each foot

600mm (24in.) Unit

300mm (12in.) Unit

Adjust the height of the feet by turning these with a wrench

Tighten this jam nut against the cabinet floor after the foot is adjusted to the desired height.

19

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

5.0

PIPING All fluid and refrigeration connections to the unit, with the exception of the condensate drain, are sweat copper. Factory-installed piping brackets must not be removed. Field-installed piping must be installed in accordance with local codes and must be properly assembled, supported, isolated and insulated. Avoid piping runs through noise-sensitive areas, such as office walls and conference rooms. Refer to specific text and detailed diagrams in this manual for other unit-specific piping requirements. All piping below the elevated floor must be arranged so that it offers the least resistance to airflow. Careful planning of the piping layout under the raised floor is required to prevent the airflow from being blocked. When installing piping on the subfloor, Emerson recommends installing the pipes in a horizontal plane rather than stacked one above the other. Whenever possible, the pipes should be run parallel to the airflow.

5.1

Fluid Connections

NOTICE Risk of water leakage. Can cause severe property damage and loss of critical data center equipment. The Liebert CRV requires a water drain connection. The 600mm (24") model may require an external water supply to operate the humidifier. Improper installation, application and service practices can result in water leakage from the unit. Do not locate the Liebert CRV directly above any equipment that could sustain water damage. Emerson recommends installing monitored leak detection equipment for the water supply lines and the internal unit waterlines.

Liebert® CRV™

20

Piping

5.2

Refrigeration and Hydraulic Circuits

Figure 13 General arrangement, Liebert MC condenser—air-cooled 600mm (24") units with and without Liebert Lee-Temp condenser

Liebert MC Condenser

Liebert MC Condenser With Liebert Lee-Temp Receiver

Optional Field Installed Fusible Plug

Pressure Transducer

Head Pressure Pressure Control Valve Transducer

Liquid

Liquid

Condenser Coil

Condenser Coil Hot Gas Discharge

Check Valve

Relief Valve Service Valve

Liebert Lee-Temp Receiver Liquid Return Hot Gas Discharge

Liebert CRV Unit and Associated Piping Filter Drier

Solenoid Sight Valve Glass

Expansion Valve Distributor Sensing Bulb

Evaporator Coil

External Equalizer CR020 Digital Service Valve Solenoid Valve High-Pressure Vibration Absorber Transducer High Pressure Cut Out

* For rises over 25ft (7.6m), trap every 20ft (6m) or evenly divided.

Suction Line

Low Pressure Transducer CR035 Digital Digital Solenoid Scroll Service Valve Valve Compressor

Hot Gas Discharge

Vibration Absorber Check Valve Isolation Valve

Liquid Return

*Isolation Valve *Isolation Valve

Factory Refrigerant Piping Field Piping Service / Schrader (Access) Connection No Valve Core Service / Schrader (Access) Connection With Valve Core NOTES: 1. Schematic representation shown. Do not use for specific connection locations. 2. One or more additional pressure relief valves are required downstream of any and all field-installed isolation. Do not isolate any refrigerant circuits from overpressurization protection.

21

DPN002858 Rev. 0

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

Figure 14 General arrangement, fin/tube condenser—air-cooled 600mm (24") units with and without Liebert Lee-Temp condenser

Outdoor Lee-Temp Condenser

Outdoor VFD Condenser

Head Pressure Control Valve

Optional Field-Installed Fusible Plug

+

+ Condenser Coil (Liebert Lee-Temp)

VFD Transducer

Condenser Coil (VFD)

Relief Valve Check Valve

+

Lee-Temp Receiver

+ Hot Gas Discharge

Hot Gas Discharge

Liquid Return

LIEBERT CRV AND ASSOCIATED PIPING Filter Drier

Sight Glass

Solenoid Expansion Valve Valve Distributor

External Equalizer CR020 Digital Service Valve Solenoid Valve High-Pressure Transducer

Evaporator Coil

Sensing Bulb

* Traps Every 15ft. (4.6m) of Rise

Vibration Absorber

HighPressure Cut Out

Suction Line Low-Pressure Transducer

CR035 Digital Solenoid Valve

Service Valve

Digital Scroll Compressor Hot Gas Discharge

Vibration Absorber Check Valve

*Isolation Valve *Isolation Valve

Liquid Return

Factory Refrigerant Piping Field Piping Service / Schrader (Access) Connection No Valve Core Service / Schrader (Access) Connection With Valve Core 1. Schematic representation shown. Do not use for specific connection locations. 2. One or more additional pressure relief valves are required downstream of any and all field-installed isolation. Do not isolate any refrigerant circuits from overpressurization protection.

* Components are not supplied by Liebert but are recommended for proper circuit operation and maintenance. Should be located near the indoor Liebert CRV unit. + Inverted Trap on Discharge and Liquid Lines to extend above the base of the coil by a minimum of 7-1/2" (190mm).

DPN001984 Rev. 4

Liebert® CRV™

22

Piping

Figure 15 General arrangement, Liebert MC condenser with and without Liebert Lee-Temp—air-cooled 300mm (12") units

Liebert MC Condenser

Liebert MC Condenser With Liebert Lee-Temp Receiver

Optional FieldInstalled Fusible Plug

Pressure Transducer

Pressure Transducer

Head Pressure Control Valve

Liquid

Liquid

Condenser Coil

Condenser Coil Hot Gas Discharge

Check Valve

Relief Valve Service Valve

Liebert Lee-Temp Receiver Liquid Return

Hot Gas Discharge

LIEBERT CRV UNIT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING Filter Drier

Solenoid Valve

Sight Glass

Expansion Valve

Distributor

External Equalizer High-Pressure Transducer

Evaporator Coil

Sensing Bulb

Digital Solenoid Valve

* For rises over 25ft. (7.6m), trap every 20ft (6m) or at evenly divided distances

Low Pressure Transducer Suction Line

Digital Scroll Compressor

Hot Gas Discharge

Check Valve

*Isolation Valve *Isolation Valve

Liquid Return

Factory Refrigerant Piping Field Piping Service / Schrader (Access) Connection With Valve Core NOTES: 1. Schematic representation shown. Do not use for specific connection locations. 2. One or more additional pressure relief valves are required downstream of any and all field-installed isolation. Do not isolate any refrigerant circuits from overpressurization protection. 3. Refer to outdoor condenser documents above for proper trap placement.

23

* Components are not supplied by Emerson, but are recommended for proper circuit operation and maintenance. Isolation valves should be located near the indoor Liebert CRV unit.

DPN002808 Rev. 1

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

Figure 16 General arrangement—water-glycol units, 600mm (24") models

Distributor

Vibration Absorber CR020 Digital Solenoid Valve

Sensing Bulb

Rotalock Valve HighPressure Transducer

CR035 Digital Solenoid Valve Low Pressure Digital Transducer Scroll Rotalock Valve Compressor

Check Valve

Expansion Valve

B

Water/Glycol Return Bottom Connection

Check Valve

3-Way Valve Configuration AB

A

External Equalizer

High-Pressure Switch

Vibration Absorber Water/Glycol Return Top Connection

Evaporator Coil

Differential Check Valve (145psi)

Solenoid Valve

Filter Drier Water Cooled Brazed Plate Condenser

Relief Valve

Receiver

2-Way Valve Configuration

AB

Water/Glycol Supply Top Connection

A B

Valve Fitting Water/Glycol Supply Bottom Connection

Blocker Disk

Factory Refrigerant Piping Service / Schrader (Access) Connection No Valve Core Service / Schrader (Access) Connection With Valve Core NOTES 1. Schematic representation shown. Do not use for specific connection locations. 2. Install a 35 mesh strainer, in an easily accessible location, on the water/glycol supply to prevent particles from entering the heat exchanger. Strainer bypass DPN001985 valves are reccomended to allow the strainer to be cleaned while maintaining Rev. 1 flow to the cooling unit.

Liebert® CRV™

24

Piping

Figure 17 General arrangement—chilled water, 600mm (24") models

Air Bleed Valve

Chilled Water Coil

A

NOTE: Schematic representation shown. Do not use for specific connection locations.

A

B AB

3-Way Motorized Ball Valve Configuration

OR

AB 2-Way Motorized Ball Valve Configuration Plug Pipe Chilled Water Return (Top of Unit Connection)

Plug Pipe Chilled Water Return (Bottom of Unit Connection) Plug Pipe Chilled Water Supply (Top of Unit Connection) Factory Refrigerant Piping Plug Pipe Chilled Water Supply (Bottom of Unit Connection)

25

DPN001986 Rev. 2

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

5.2.1

Condensate Drain Piping—Field-Installed The pump is field-connected for either top or bottom discharge. • Top condensate discharge: Connect the factory-provided pump discharge hose to the provided connection for top discharge. • Bottom condensate discharge: Route the factory-supplied discharge hose through the knockout in the base ofthe unit for connection to a field-provided drain.

NOTICE Risk of improper field installed drain piping. Overflowing drain water can cause equipment and building damage. The drain line has an internal trap and must not be trapped outside the unit or water may back up into the drain pan and overflow the unit cabinet. • The drain line’s inside diameter must be the same as or larger than the factory-provided drain connection’s ID • Do not expose drain line to freezing temperatures • Drain line may contain boiling water. Use copper or other suitable material • Drain line must comply with local building codes • Emerson recommends installing monitored under-floor leak detection equipment

Condensate Pump—600mm (24") Models • 1/2" copper sweat connection is provided on units with optional factory-installed condensate pump • Condensate pump is rated for approximately 6GPM at 30 ft (22.7 l/m at 9m) total head • Size piping based on available condensate head

Condensate Pump—300mm (12") DX Models • • • •

1/2" copper connection is provided on units with optional factory-installed condensate pump 208V condensate pump rated for 0.77GPM at 13 ft. (2.8l/m at 3.9m) of total head pressure 230V condensate pump rated for 0.92GPM at 13 ft. (3.3l/m at 3.9m) of total head pressure Size piping based on available condensate head—22ft. (6.7m)

Figure 18 Condensate pumps—600mm (24") and 300mm (12") DX units Condensate Pump

600mm (24") Models

Liebert® CRV™

300mm (12") Models

26

Piping

5.2.2

Gravity Drain—Units Without Factory-Installed Condensate Pump—600mm (24") Models • 3/4" FPT drain connection is provided on units without optional factory-installed condensate pump with infrared humidifier or no humidifier; 1-1/4" FPT connection is provided on units with steam generating humidifier • Pitch the drain line toward the drain a minimum of 1/8" (3mm) per 1 foot (305mm) of length • Drain is trapped internally. Do not trap the drain external to equipment • Drain line must be sized for 2 gpm (7.6 l/m) flow

Figure 19 Gravity drain piping—600mm (24") and 300mm (12") units Internal Drain UNIT

External Drain Continuous Downward Slope

CORRECT UNIT

Do Not Externally Trap the Unit

Internal Drain

UNIT

Internal Drain

External Drain

External Drain

These are external traps also, although unintentional. Lines must be rigid enough not to bow over top of other objects.

INCORRECT

INCORRECT

27

DPN001556 Rev. 0

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

5.2.3

Gravity Drain—300mm (12") DX Units Without Factory-Installed Condensate Pump • 3/4" FPT drain connection is provided on units without optional factory-installed condensate pump; the drain line’s inside diameter must be the same as or larger than the factory-provided drain connection’s inside diameter • Pitch the drain line toward the drain a minimum of 1/8" (3mm) per 1 foot (305mm) of length • Drain is trapped internally. Do not trap the drain external to equipment • Drain line must be sized for 2 gpm (7.6 l/m) flow

NOTICE Risk of improper field installed drain piping. Overflowing drain water can cause equipment and building damage. The drain line has an internal trap and must not be trapped outside the unit or water may back up into the drain pan and overflow the unit cabinet. Figure 20 Gravity drain connection, 300mm (12") DX units without condensate pump

When coolant supply and return pipes enter through the top of the Liebert CRV 300mm (12"), remove this plate and remove knockout for gravity drain.

Adapter, 1"NPT Male -3/4" Barb Front of Unit

315005 Pg. 1, Rev. 3

Front Door and Fans Removed

5.2.4

Humidifier Supply Water—Optional Steam Generating Canister—600mm (24") Models • • • • •

5.2.5

1/4" supply line; maximum water pressure is 145psi (1000kPa) Fill valve is sized for pressure range of 30 to 120psi (207-827kPa) Do not supply steam generating humidifier with softened water Do not use hot water source Water conductivity must be in the range of 330-670 micro-siemens

Requirements of Systems Using Water or Glycol—600mm (24") Models These guidelines apply to the field leak checking and fluid requirements for field piping systems, including Liebert chilled water, condenser (water or glycol) and drycooler circuits.

Liebert® CRV™

28

Piping

General Guidelines • Equipment damage and personal injury can result from improper piping installation, leak checking, fluid chemistry and fluid maintenance. • Follow local piping codes, safety codes. • Qualified personnel must install and inspect system piping. • Contact a local water consultant regarding water quality, corrosion protection and freeze protection requirements. • Install manual shutoff valves at the supply and return line to each indoor unit and drycooler to permit routine service and emergency isolation of the unit.

NOTICE Risk of internal system corrosion and frozen coolant fluid. Can cause equipment damage and major fluid leaks resulting in serious building damage, expensive repair costs and costly system down time. Cooling coils, heat exchangers and piping systems that are connected to open cooling towers or other open water/glycol systems are at high risk of freezing and premature corrosion. Fluids in these systems must contain the proper antifreeze and inhibitors to prevent freezing and premature coil, piping and heat exchanger corrosion. The water or water/glycol solution must be analyzed by a competent local water treatment specialist before startup to establish the inhibitor and antifreeze solution requirement and at regularly scheduled intervals throughout the life of the system to determine the pattern of inhibitor depletion. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. Read and follow individual unit installation instructions for precautions regarding fluid system design, material selection and use of field-provided devices. Liebert systems contain iron and copper alloys that require appropriate corrosion protection. It is important to have the system running with flow through exchangers maintained at initial system fill for 24 to 48 hours depending on size and system configuration. Water chemistry varies greatly by location, as do the required additives, called inhibitors, that reduce the corrosive effect of the fluids on the piping systems and components. The chemistry of the water used must be considered, because water from some sources may contain corrosive elements that reduce the effectiveness of the inhibited formulation. Sediment deposits prevent the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of the coolant system components and piping. The water/coolant fluid must be treated and circulating through the system continuously to prevent the buildup of sediment deposits and or growth of sulfate reducing bacteria. Proper inhibitor maintenance must be performed in order to prevent corrosion of the system. Consult glycol manufacturer for testing and maintenance of inhibitors. Commercial ethylene glycol (examples are Dow Chemical Dowtherm SR-1 Union Carbide Ucartherm and Texaco E.G. Heat Transfer Fluid 100), when pure, is generally less corrosive to the common metals of construction than water itself. It will, however, assume the corrosivity of the water from which it is prepared and may become increasingly corrosive with use if not properly inhibited.

NOTICE Risk of no-flow condition. Can cause equipment damage. Do not leave the unit in a no-flow condition. Idle fluid allows the collection of sediment that prevents the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of tubes. Keep unit switched on and system pump operating continuously.

29

Liebert® CRV™

Piping

Leak Checking of Unit and Field Piping Liebert unit fluid systems are factory-checked for leaks and may be shipped with a nitrogen holding charge. Liebert unit fluid circuits should be checked for leaks at installation as described below. NOTE During leak checking of field-installed piping, Emerson recommends that the unit be isolated using field-installed shutoff valves. When the Liebert units are included in a leak test, use of fluid for pressure testing is recommended. When pressurized gas is used for leak testing the Liebert unit, the maximum recommended pressure is 30 psig (2 bars) and tightness of the unit should be verified by pressure decay over time, (<2 psig/hour [0.3 bars/hour]) or sensing a tracer gas with suitable instrumentation. Dry seals in fluid valves and pumps may not hold a high gas pressure.

Liebert® CRV™

30

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.0

REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS FOR AIR-COOLED UNITS

! WARNING Risk of explosive discharge from high-pressure refrigerant. Can cause injury or death. This unit contains fluids and/or gases under high pressure. Relieve pressure before working with piping.

NOTICE Risk of oil contamination with water. Can cause equipment damage. The piping must not be open to the atmosphere for extended periods because the Liebert CRV requires POE (polyol ester) oil. POE oil absorbs water at a much faster rate when exposed to air than previously used oils. Because water is the enemy of a reliable refrigeration system, extreme care must be used when opening systems during installation or service. If water is absorbed into the POE oil, it will not be easily removed and will not be removed through the normal evacuation process. If the oil is too wet, it may require an oil change. POE oils also have a property that makes them act as a solvent in a refrigeration system. Maintaining system cleanliness is extremely important because the oil will tend to bring any foreign matter back to the compressor. The Liebert CRV can be connected to a condenser through either the top or bottom of the unit. The unit is piped for connections at the top of the unit as shown in Figure 23, with provision for connection through the bottom of the unit. Connecting through the bottom of the unit requires cutting the liquid and suction lines as shown in Figure 24. Cutting these lines disconnects the top connections from the rest of the refrigeration system. Air-cooled units are shipped with a holding charge of nitrogen.

6.1

Piping Guidelines—Air-Cooled Units • Indoor unit ships with a nitrogen holding charge; do not vent the evaporator until all refrigerant piping is in place, ready for connection to the unit and condenser • Use copper piping with high temperature brazed joints • Isolate piping from building using vibration-isolating supports • Refer to Tables 14 through 11 for piping sizes • Refer to condenser installation manual for charging information • Install traps on hot gas (discharge) lines at the base of vertical risers and every 15 feet (4.6m) of vertical rise. • See Table 10 for the allowable elevation difference between the condenser and the Liebert CRV. • Consult factory if piping run exceeds 300 feet (91m) equivalent length • Keep piping clean and dry, especially on units with R-410A refrigerant • Avoid piping runs through noise-sensitive areas • Do not run piping directly in front of airstream of any air conditioner • Refrigerant oil – do not mix oil types Refer to ASHRAE Refrigeration Handbook for general, good-practice refrigeration piping.

31

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Figure 21 Connections for vacuum creation and refrigerant charge—600mm (24") models Suction and Supply Line Connections

Liquid Line Connection

High-Pressure Switch

Pressure Transducer

Figure 22 Connections for vacuum creation and refrigerant charge—300mm (12") DX models

Service Connections for vacuum and charging

Liebert® CRV™

32

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.2

Refrigerant Piping—Air-Cooled Models

Figure 23 Top refrigerant piping connections—600mm (24") models

Figure 24 Bottom refrigerant piping connections—600mm (24") models If using bottom connections, cut the pipes just below the black pipe clamps

Figure 25 Top refrigerant piping connections—300mm (12") DX models

Rear

Front

Return

Supply

Refrigerant Connections—300mm (12") Air-Cooled Models For refrigerant piping locations, refer to Figure 28.

33

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.3

Liebert MC Condenser Selection—600mm (24") and 300mm (12")CRV Units Table 6

Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions Outdoor Design Ambient Temperature, °F (°C)

Indoor Model

Unit Width

95 (35)

100 (38)

105 (41)

110 (43)

115 (46)

120 (49)

CR019R*

300mm (12")

MCS028E1

MCM040E1

MCM040E1

MCM040E1

MCL055E1

MCL055E1

600mm (24")

MCM040E1

MCL055E1

MCL055E1

MCM080E1

MCM080E1

MCM080E1

CR020A CR035A

* 300mm (12") DX model

Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions Liebert QuietLine™ sound levels

Table 7

Outdoor Design Ambient Temperature, °F (°C)

Indoor Model

Unit Width

95 (35)

100 (38)

105 (41)

110 (43)

115 (46)

CR019R*

300mm (12")

MCS028E1

MCM040E1

MCL055E1

MCL055E1

MCM080E1

CR020A CR035A

600mm (24")

120 (49) — —

MCL055E1

MCL055E1

MCM080E1

MCM080E1

MCL110E1

—

* 300mm (12") DX model

6.4

Liebert Fin/Tube Condenser Selection—600mm (24") Units Table 8

Traditional open room 95°F (35°C)/23RH return air conditions Ambient Temperature Selection 95°F (35°C)

Model No. CR020A CR035A

6.5

100°F (38°C)

Unit Width

VFD Units

Units with Liebert Lee-Temp

VFD Units

Units with Liebert Lee-Temp

600mm (24")

TCSV28K TCSV60K

DCSL28K DCSL60K

TCSV60K TCSV90K

DCSL60K DCSL90K

General Piping Layout 1. Piping must be Type ACR copper tubing and sized per Tables 14, 11, 15 and 11. NOTE All field-installed piping must comply with applicable national, state and local codes.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Use the shortest possible refrigeration pipelines to minimize the total charge of refrigerant and the number of pressure drops. Minimize the number of bends and make the bends the largest radius practical to prevent constricting refrigerant flow. Insulate the piping as specified in Table 9. If the pipes are installed next to electrical cables, they must be isolated from the building using vibration-isolating supports to avoid damage to cable insulation. There must be at least one inch (25mm) separation between the gas and liquid pipelines. If this is not possible, insulate both lines. Support both horizontal and vertical pipes with vibration-damping clamps, which include rubber gaskets. Place these clamps every 5 to 7 ft. (1.5 to 2m).

Liebert® CRV™

34

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Table 9

Condenser positioning—Liebert MC and fin/tube condenser with or without Liebert Lee-Temp Condenser Position

Insulation

Condenser Below Liebert CRV (Not Recommended)

Condenser and Liebert CRV at Same Level

Condenser Above Liebert CRV

Indoor Discharge Line Outdoor

necessary

necessary

necessary

only for aesthetic reasons

only for aesthetic reasons

only for aesthetic reasons

Indoor

only for aesthetic reasons

only for aesthetic reasons

no (expose to cold under-floor air)

Outdoor

only for aesthetic reasons

only if exposed to sun

only if exposed to sun

Liquid Line

Liquid

Room Unit Room Unit

(See**)

Layout

(See **)

Gas

Room Unit

(See *)

15 ft. (4.6m)

Liquid Gas Liquid

* Oil traps every 15 ft. (4.6m) of vertical piping

** See Table 10

Table 10

Liebert CRV position relative to the remote condenser—Liebert MC and fin/tube condenser with or without Liebert Lee-Temp Parameter

Maximum Distances, ft. (m)

From Liebert CRV to condenser

300 (91.4) equivalent length

From Liebert CRV to VFD condenser

Above: 60 (18.3)

Below: 15 (4.5)

From Liebert CRV to Liebert Lee-Temp™ condenser

Above: 60 (18.3)

Below: 0 (0)

Requirements Oil traps on vertical line of gas refrigerant

Base of Rise Exceeding 5 (1.5) and Every 15 (4.6)

Figure 26 Piping line cooling unit

C

COND

B (Distance) D = A+B+C

CDT

CDT = Conditioner COND = Condenser

A

35

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Table 11

Recommended refrigerant line sizes, Cu, OD, for Liebert MC and VFD control fin/tube condensers with R-410A with and without Liebert Lee-Temp

Liebert CRV Model #

Total Equivalent Length, ft. (m)

CR019RA/ CR020RA

CR035RA

Hot Gas Line, in. (mm)

Liquid Line in. (mm)

50 (15.2)

3/4 (19.1)

5/8 (15.9)

100 (30.5)

3/4 (19.1)

5/8 (15.9)

150 (45.7)

3/4 (19.1)

5/8 (15.9)

300 (91.4)

7/8 (22.2)*

3/4 (19.1)

50 (15.2)

7/8 (22.2)

3/4 (19.1)

100 (30.5)

7/8 (22.2)

3/4 (19.1)

150 (45.7)

7/8 (22.2)

3/4 (19.1)

300 (91.4)

1-1/8 (28.6)*

7/8 (22.2)

Consult factory for proper line sizing for runs longer than 300 ft. (91.4m) equivalent length. * Must downsize vertical riser one trade size (1-1/8” to 7/8” or 7/8” to 3/4”). Source: DPN001623, Rev. 7, Page 3

Liebert® CRV™

36

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.5.1

Heat Rejection Connection Sizes

! WARNING Risk of explosive discharge of high-pressure refrigerant. Can cause equipment damage, injury or death. This unit contains high pressure refrigerant gas. Relieve pressure before making piping connections. Use only Type ACR copper tubing sized per Tables 11 through 15 for pipes connecting the Liebert CRV and the condensing unit.

Table 12

Liebert MC Condenser piping sizes for 600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units

Model No.

Number of Fans

MCS028 MCM040 MCM080 MCL055 MCL 110

1 1 2 1 2

Table 13

Connection Sizes, OD, in (mm) Hot Gas Line

Liquid Line

7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-3/8

5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 1-1/8

Condenser piping connection sizes—single-circuit condensers with Liebert Lee-Temp for 600mm (24in.) and 300mm (12in.) units Condenser Connections, OD.In

Model #

Hot Gas

Liquid

Liebert Lee-Temp Connections Hot Gas Tee IDS In.

Liquid Line to Lee-Temp Valve ODS, In.

Receiver Out IDS In.

MCS028

7/8

5/8

7/8

5/8

5/8

MCM040

7/8

5/8

7/8

5/8

5/8

MCM080

1-1/8

7/8

1-1/8

7/8

1-1/8

MCL055

1-1/8

7/8

1-1/8

7/8

7/8

MCL110

1-3/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

1-1/8

1-1/8

Source: DPN002167, Rev. 3

Table 14

Piping and refrigerant sizes for Liebert Lee-Temp™ fin/tube condensers with R-410A Liebert CRV 600mm (24in.) Condenser Piping Connection Sizes

Condenser Connections, O.D., in.

Liebert Lee-Temp Connections, I.D., in. Liebert Lee-Temp Size, in. (mm)

Hot Gas Tee

Liquid To L-T Valve

Receiver Out

7/8

9 x 36 (229 x 914)

1-1/8

5/8

7/8

7/8

11 x 36 (279 x 914)

1-1/8

5/8

7/8

7/8

11 x 48 (279 x 1219)

1-1/8

5/8

7/8

Condenser Model #

Hot Gas

Liquid

DCSL28K

1-1/8

DCSL60K

1-1/8

DCSL90K

1-1/8

Source: DPN001623, Rev. 7, Page 3

Table 15

Piping and refrigerant sizes for Liebert air-cooled, VFD control condensers with R-410A

Liebert CRV 600mm (24in.) Condenser Piping Connection Sizes, Cu, O.D. Condenser Model #

Entering Hot Gas Line, in. (mm)

Returning Liquid Line, in. (mm)

TCSV28K

1-1/8 (28.6)

7/8 (22.2)

TCSV60K

1-1/8 (28.6)

7/8 (22.2)

TCSV90K

1-1/8 (28.6)

7/8 (22.2)

Source: DPN001624, Rev. 5, Page 3

37

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.5.2

Piping Guidelines for Liebert MC and Fin/Tube Condensers The following operations must be carried out by an experienced refrigeration technician.

NOTICE

1. •

•

• 2. •

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Risk of oil contamination with water. Can cause equipment damage. The piping must not be open to the atmosphere for extended periods because the Liebert CRV requires POE (polyol ester) oil. POE oil absorbs water at a much faster rate when exposed to air than previously used oils. Because water is the enemy of a reliable refrigeration system, extreme care must be used when opening systems during installation or service. If water is absorbed into the POE oil, it will not be easily removed and will not be removed through the normal evacuation process. If the oil is too wet, it may require an oil change. POE oils also have a property that makes them act as a solvent in a refrigeration system. Maintaining system cleanliness is extremely important because the oil will tend to bring any foreign matter back to the compressor. When installing the refrigerant piping, note the following: Brazing: • All joints must be brazed. • Avoid butt brazes by using couplings or swaging one of the pipes with a swaging tool. • Ensure that all brazed joints are leak-free. • Flow dry nitrogen through the pipes during brazing. Always use large-radius curves (bending radius at least equal to pipe diameter). Bend the pipes as follows: • soft copper: bend by hand or use bending device; • hard copper: use preformed curves. To minimize oxidation, avoid overheating the pipes when brazing. Connect the pipes to the condenser: Condensers with butt-brazed pipe connections: Cut the pipe, enlarge it and braze it to the pipeline. Respect the direction of refrigerant flow. (See labels on refrigerant.) Wash out the pipelines as follows: a. Plug up the free ends of the pipes. b. Connect a helium or nitrogen cylinder, fitted with a reducer (maximum pressure 10 bar), to the 1/4" SAE Schrader valve of the condenser. c. Pressurize the pipes with helium or nitrogen. d. Unplug the pipes instantaneously. e. Repeat Steps a through d several times. This operation is especially important when hard copper piping is used. Open all the shutoff valves on the room unit. Discharge the room unit pressurized with helium (at 1 bar) by opening the charge valves so that all the branches of the circuit are discharged (e.g., on the receiver, on the low pressure side and on the compressor delivery). Cut the spun-closed ends off the hot gas and liquid line connections on the Liebert CRV. Fix (braze) the pipes to the connections on the air conditioner. Air-Cooled Units—Connect the refrigerant safety pressure relief valve to the outdoors with a 5/8" (16mm) copper pipe if hot gas and liquid isolation valves are installed in the field. NOTE Not required on water/glycol units have a indoor relief valve.

Liebert® CRV™

38

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Figure 27 Connection locations—air-cooled 600mm (24") models

Unsolder when connecting through bottom

Rear

1-1/8" (28mm) 23-5/8" (600mm) 17-5/16" (440mm)

3-1/4" (83mm)

9-1/2" (242mm)

HS

46-1/4" (1175mm)

CP

RG

2-15/16" (74mm)

3-1/16" (77mm)

2-11/16" (69mm)

5" (127mm) 3-1/4" (83mm)

1-3/4" (44mm)

RL GDH or HS

5-1/8" (130mm)

2-11/16" (69mm)

CR

2-3/16" (56mm)

12-3/4" (325mm) RG

9-5/16" (237mm)

RL

2-11/16" (69mm)

1-3/4" (45mm)

9-3/4" (248mm) 8-7/8" (226mm)

3-13/16" (97mm)

1-3/4" (45mm) HVT LVT

LVT

2-1/8" (54mm)

3-1/16" (77mm) HVB

2-15/16" (74mm) GD or CP

1-1/2" (38mm)

LVB

1-3/8" 7-13/16" (35mm) (199mm)

4-13/16" (122mm)

2-1/8" (55mm) LVB2 5-3/8" (136mm)

Bottom Connections (possible with raised floor)

Top Connections

Piping and electrical connections available at the top and bottom of unit. Air-cooled systems may require oil to be added in the field to allow sufficient compressor lubrication.

39

DPN001792 Rev. 2

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Table 16

Unit connection sizes, air-cooled models—600mm (24") models Unit Connections

CR20A (60Hz)

CR35A (60Hz)

Refrigerant Liquid Line Inlet

1/2" O.D. Cu Sweat

5/8" O.D. Cu Sweat

RG

Refrigerant Gas Line Outlet

5/8" O.D. Cu Sweat

7/8" O.D. Cu Sweat

GD

Gravity Coil Pan Drain

RL

GDH Gravity Humidifier Drain

1" MPT N/A

CP

Condensate Pump

1/2" FPT

HS

Humidifier Supply

1/2" FPT (top connection) 1/4" Compression Fitting (bottom connection)

HVT High Voltage Top Connection

Combination Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/8" (35mm) 1-3/4" (44.5mm) and 2-1/2" (63.5mm)

HVB

High Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit)

LVT

Low Voltage Top Connection

LVB

Low Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit)

Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/32" (27.8mm) 2 places

LVB2

Low Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit)

Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/4" (44.5mm) 1 place

Knockout Hole Diameter 2-1/2" (63.5mm) Knockout Hole Diameter 7/8" (22mm) 2 places

Source: DPN001792, Rev.2

Liebert® CRV™

40

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Figure 28 Connections—air-cooled 300mm (12") models Front of Unit

11-11/16" (296mm)

Front of Unit 10-1/2" (267mm) 11-5/8" (295mm) 12-13/16" (325mm)

22-5/16" (567mm) 25-1/8" (638mm)

15-9/16" (395mm)

14-9/16" (370mm)

16-9/16" (420mm)

27-13/16" (707mm) 33-5/16" (846mm)

2-3/8" (60mm)

18-1/8" (460mm)

37-1/2" (952mm)

A

CPT 43-1/8" (1-96mm)

RLT

39-1/16" (992mm)

RGT

1-9/16" (39mm) 2-1/4" (57mm) 2-5/8" (67mm) 3" 3-5/16" (76mm) (84mm) 3-11/16" (94mm)

Cutout for RLB, RGB and GD/CPB

RLB RGB

GD/CPB HVT

LVT2 LVB1

LVB2

HVB LVT1

Top Connections

Bottom Connections

1-9/16" (40mm) 2-3/4" (70mm)

(possible with raised floor)

DETAIL A DPN002813 Rev. 2

Table 17

Key to unit connections in Figure 28

Top Connection Description

Dimensions Top Connection

Bottom Connection

Description

Dimensions Bottom Connection

RLT

Refrigerant Liquid Line Inlet

1/2" O.D. Cu Sweat

RLB

Refrigerant Liquid Line Inlet

1/2" O.D. Cu Sweat

RGT

Refrigerant Gas Line Outlet

5/8" O.D. Cu Sweat

RGB

Refrigerant Gas Line Outlet

5/8" O.D. Cu Sweat

CPT

Condensate Pump Knockout 3/4" (19mm)

GD

Gravity Coil Pan Drain

CPB

Condensate Pump

Knockout 3/4" (19mm) and 2" (51mm)

HVB

High-Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through unit’s base)

Combination Knockout 1-1/8" (29mm) and 1-3/4" (44mm)

HVT

High-Voltage Top Connection

Combination Knockout 1-1/4" (32mm) and 1-3/4" (44mm)

LVT1

Low-Voltage Top Connection

Knockout Hole Diameter, 2 places, 7/8" (22mm)

LVB1

Low-Voltage Bottom Connection

Knockout Hole Diameter 7/8" (22mm)

LVT2

Low-Voltage Top Connection

Knockout Hole Diameter, 2 places, 7/8" (22mm)

LVB2

Low-Voltage Bottom Connection

Knockout Hole Diameter 7/8" (22mm)

Source: DPN002813, Rev. 2

41

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.6

Vacuum and Refrigerant Charge

NOTICE Risk of improper refrigerant charge. Can cause equipment damage and reduced efficiency. Check the refrigerant type to be used on the data plate of the air conditioner and on the refrigerating compressor. Table 18

Indoor unit charge R-410A refrigerant and oil charge for air-cooled models Base Oil Charge

Model

Base Refrigerant Charge lb (kg)

Initial Oil Charge oz (kg)

Maximum Topping Up, oz (kg)

Maximum System Refrigerant Charge before Oil Addition, lb (kg)

Fluid Ounces of Oil to Add for Every 10 lb. (4.5kg) of Refrigerant Over Maximum System Charge, oz (ml)

CR019RA

5 (2.7)

60 (1.68)

56 (1.57)

38 (17.1)

1.6 (48)

CR020RA

7 (3.2)

60 (1.68)

56 (1.57)

38 (17.1)

1.6 (48)

CR035RA

10 (4.5)

110 (3.08)

106 (2.97)

28 (12.6)

4 (120)

The recommended oil is EMKARATE RL 32-3MA.

Table 19

Interconnecting piping refrigerant charge Liquid Line (+) Condensing Temperatures - R-410A, lb/ft (kg/m)

External Pipe Diameter x Wall Thickness In. (mm)

Hot Gas Line R-410A, lb/feet (kg/m)

95°F (35°C)

115°F (46°C)

135°F (57°C)

1/2 x 0.049 (12 x 1)

—

0.05 (0.08)

0.05 (0.07)

0.04 (0.07)

9/16 x 0.049 (14 x 1)

0.0084 (0.0124)

0.07 (0.11)

0.07 (0.11)

0.06 (0.10)

5/8 x 0.049 (16 x 1)

0.0114 (0.0169)

0.10 (0.16)

0.10 (0.14)

0.09 (0.13)

3/4 x 0.049 (18 x 1)

0.0149 (0.0221)

0.14 (0.20)

0.13 (0.19)

0.11 (0.17)

7/8 x 0.065 (22 x 1.25)

0.0232 (0.0346)

—

—

—

1-1/8 x 0.065 (28 x 1.5)

0.0392 (0.0584)

—

—

—

(+) Liquid pressure and density varies according to condensing temperature.

Table 20

Refrigerant required, R-410A, approximate for Liebert MC Condensers, with and without Liebert Lee-Temp Single Circuit, lb/circuit (kg/circuit)

Condenser Models

Condensers w/o Liebert Lee-Temp

Condensers with Liebert Lee-Temp

MCS028

2.5 (1.2)

18.3 (8.4)

MCM040

3.5 (1.6)

19.3 (8.8)

MCM080

8.5 (3.8)

39.6 (18.1)

MCL055

5.0 (2.3)

24.2 (11.0)

MCL110

10.7 (4.9)

49.0 (22.2)

Source: DPN002411, Rev. 3

Table 21

Fin/tube condensers air-cooled condenser refrigerant charge VFD lb (kg)

Liebert Lee-Temp™ (Inc. Receiver), lb (kg)

28 K

7 (3.2)

41 (18.6)

60 K

16 (7.3)

75 (34.0)

90 K

25 (11.3)

109 (49.4)

Model

1. Topping up is suggested for short pipeline, too, due to the extra-charge of refrigerant. 2. The air conditioner is supplied pressurized with helium at 1 bar. 3. DCSL or TCSV condenser

Liebert® CRV™

42

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Table 22

Refrigerant and oil charge for water-cooled models—600mm (24")

Model

R-410A Refrigerant Charge, lb (kg)

Initial Oil Charge, lb (kg) 1

CR020RW

13.0 (5.9)

60 (1.68)

CR035RW

17.0 (7.7)

110 (3.08)

The air conditioner is supplied complete with refrigerant and oil. 1. The recommended oil is EMKARATE RL 32-3MA.

6.6.1

Evacuation Air-Cooled Models—600mm (24") and 300mm (12")Models Proper leak check and evacuation can be accomplished only with all system solenoid valves open and check valves accounted for. NOTE The system include a factory-installed check valve and an additional downstream Schrader valve with core in the compressor discharge line. Proper evacuation of the condenser side of the compressor can be accomplished only using the downstream Schrader valve. See piping schematic. 1. If unit power is available, open the unit liquid line solenoid valves using the evacuation function for System #1 in the diagnostic section of the Liebert iCOM® control (see Figure 91). If unit power is not available, a field-supplied 24VAC / 75VA power source must be directly connected to the unit solenoid valve. 2. Connect refrigerant gauges to the suction rotalock valves and discharge line Schrader valves. 3. Open the service valves and place a 150 PSIG (1034 kPa) of dry nitrogen with a tracer of refrigerant. Check system for leaks with a suitable leak detector. 4. After completion of leak testing, release the test pressure (per local code) and pull an initial deep vacuum on the system with a suitable pump. 5. After four hours, check the pressure readings and, if they have not changed, break vacuum with dry nitrogen. Pull a second and third vacuum to 500 microns or less. Recheck the pressure after two hours. After completing this step, proceed to the appropriate section: • 6.7 Calculating Charging Values for Liebert MC Condenser Systems, Units without Liebert Lee-Temp™ Systems • 6.8 Charging Fin/Tube Condenser with Variable Fan Speed Control.

43

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.7

Calculating Charging Values for Liebert MC Condenser Systems, Units without Liebert Lee-Temp™ Systems The system must be fully piped and evacuated before it can be charged. See 6.6 Vacuum and Refrigerant Charge. Liebert MC condensers are charge-sensitive and require accurate calculation of the system charge to avoid overcharging. To avoid overcharge, additional guidelines are recommended to ensure trouble free operation. • When charging system in an outdoor ambient below 50°F (10°C), recheck the subcooling against Table 23 when the ambient is above 60°F (15.6°C) • The indoor space should be maintained at 70 to 80°F (21 to 26.7°C) return air before final charge adjustments are made. • Charging unit at greater than 80°F (26.7°C) return air may result in the unit being overcharged. • Charge by subcooling measurement at the indoor unit. See Table 23 for target subcooling temperatures. • Pressure and temperature measuring instruments should be capable of measuring to ±10 psig (103.4kPa) and ± 2°F (1.1°C) for best subcooling measurement. 1. Check indoor nameplate for refrigerant type to be used. Unit control configurations differ depending on refrigerant type. 2. Refrigerant charging requires unit operation. Refer to the indoor unit’s user manual for details regarding indoor unit operation and to the Liebert MC user manual, SL-19536, available at the Liebert Web site (www.liebert.com), for the Liebert MC condenser operation. 3. Calculate the amount of charge for the system. Refer to the indoor unit user manual and to the condenser and refrigerant line charge data in the Liebert MC user manual, SL-19536, available at the Liebert Web site. 4. Accurately weigh in as much of the system charge as possible before starting the unit. Do not exceed the calculated charge by more than 0.5 lb (.37kg).

NOTICE Risk of improper refrigerant charging. Can cause equipment damage. Refrigerant R-407C and R-410A are blended refrigerants and must be introduced and charged from the cylinder only as a liquid. When adding liquid refrigerant to an operating system, it may be necessary to add the refrigerant through the compressor suction service valve. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the compressor. Emerson recommends connecting a sight glass between the charging hose and the compressor suction service valve. This will permit adjustment of the cylinder hand valve so that liquid can leave the cylinder while allowing vapor to enter the compressor.

NOTICE Risk of refrigerant overcharge. Can cause equipment damage. Do not use the sight glass as an indicator when charging Liebert MC condenser systems. 5. Turn On the Liebert MC disconnect switch. 6. Turn on the indoor unit disconnect switch. Operate the unit for 30 minutes using the charging function of the indoor unit control for each circuit of the system. The charging function is in the diagnostic section of the Liebert iCOM® control (see Liebert iCOM user manual, SL-18835). The charging function operates the compressor(s) at full capacity and energizes the liquid line solenoid valve(s). The reheat and humidifier are disabled. Manual operation of the indoor fans from the diagnostic menu of the Liebert iCOM is required. A minimum 20psig (138kPa) must be established and maintained for the compressor to operate. The charging function can be reset as many times as required to complete unit charging. 7. Attach pressure and temperature instruments to the liquid line of the indoor unit. Measure the initial subcooling and continue to add charge until recommended subcooling for the current outdoor ambient temperature is reached. See Table 23. The outdoor ambient can be read from the Liebert MC condenser control menu ID F02.

Liebert® CRV™

44

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

NOTE To determine subcooling measurement, a liquid line pressure reading (at the factory-installed Schrader tap) needs to be measured along with obtaining a temperature reading on the liquid line. Convert the liquid line pressure reading into a temperature by utilizing a PressureTemperature Guide or Table 25. The difference between this converted temperature and the actual temperature will determine the system’s subcooling. For R-407C make sure to use the saturated liquid temperature to calculate subcooling. Table 23

Target subcooling for ambient outdoor temperature

Ambient Temp °F (C°)

Subcooling °F (C°)

0 (-17.8)

22 (12.0)

10 (-12.2)

22 (12.0)

20 (-6.7)

22 (12.0)

30 (-1.1)

22 (12.0)

40 (4.4)

22 (12.0)

50 (10.0)

21 (11.7)

60 (15.6)

19 (10.8)

70 (21.1)

17 (9.3)

80 (26.7)

13 (7.2)

90 (32.2)

9 (5.0)

95 (35.0)

7 (3.9)

100 (37.8)

5 (2.9)

105 (40.6)

3 (1.8)

110 (43.3)

1 (0.7)

125 (51.7)

0

DPN002411, Rev. 3

8. Verify the subcooling calculated from measured values at the evaporator against the subcooling reading of the Liebert MC control [menu ID F50 & F51]. If the subcooling calculated with gauges differs from the Liebert MC subcooling by more than 3°F (1.7°C), then adjust the charge amount to achieve the target subcooling per Table 23 based the Liebert MC control subcooling. Failure to check measured subcooling with refrigerant gauges vs. Liebert MC subcooling may result in an overcharged system. See Note below and Table 24 for corrections to Liebert MC subcooling that may be required based on condenser elevation above the indoor evaporator. NOTE The evaporator subcooling will be greater than the condenser subcooling when the Liebert MC is mounted higher than the indoor evaporator. Subcooling adjustment is needed when the Liebert MC is more than 40 ft. (12m) above evaporator. NOTE Subcooling should be viewed at the Liebert MC condenser for a minimum of 1 minute and the subcooling should be approximately ±2°F before recording subcooling to be compared against subcooling from the field refrigerant gauges and thermometers.

45

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Sample Calculations The Liebert MC is 40 ft. (12.2m) above the evaporator of an R-410A system. The outdoor ambient from the Liebert MC condenser control menu ID F02, is 94.8°F (34.9°C). The liquid pressure is 421 psig (2903kPA) and the liquid temperature is 113°F (45.1°C). The subcooling from the Liebert MC control is 7°F (3.9°C). Determine the subcooling and verify the calculated subcooling against the reading of the Liebert MC control (menu ID F50 and F51). Evaporator Subcooling Calculation Refrigerant Type

R-410A

1.

Ambient Temperature

94.8°F (34.9°C)

2.

Condenser Elevation

40ft. (12.2m)

3.

Condenser Elevation Temperature Correction

2°F (1.1°C)

4.

Liquid Line Pressure

421psig (2902kPa)

5.

Liquid Pressure Converted to Saturated Liquid Temperature

120.3°F (49.0°C)

6.

Measured Liquid Line Temperature

113.2°F (45.1°C)

7.

MC Condenser Subcooling Reading (Menu ID F50 for Circuit #1 or Menu ID F51 for Circuit #2)

7°F (3.9°C)

Subtract Line 6 (Measured Line Temperature) from Line 5 (Liquid Pressure converted to Temperature) to obtain Calculated Subcooling. Line 5

120.3°F

(49.0°C)

Line 6

-113.2°F

(45.1°C)

7.1°F or 7°F

(3.9°C or (4°C)

8.

Calculated Subcooling

Elevation Correction Subtract Line 3 (Condenser Elevation Temperature Correction) from Line 8 (Calculated Subcooling) to obtain Corrected Subcooling. Line 8

7°F

(3.9°C)

Line 3

-2°F

- (2.2°C)

9.

5°F

(1.7°C)

Corrected Subcooling

Verification Against MC Condenser Subtract Line 7 (MC Condenser Subcooling Reading) from Line 9 (Corrected Subcooling) to obtain Difference. Line 9

5°F

(1.7°C)

Line 7

-7°F

-(2.8°C)

10. Difference

-2°F

(-1.1°C)

• If Line 10 (Difference value) is less than ± 3°F (±1.7°C), NO charge adjustment is needed. • If Line 10 (Difference value) is less than -3°F (-1.7°C), add additional charge. If Line 10 (Difference value) is greater than +3°F (+1.7°C), the system is overcharged and some of the charge must be removed. Table 24

Difference in subcooling measurements—Indoor minus outdoor

Liebert MC elevation above evaporator, ft (m) R-22 Refrigerant R-407C R-410A

Elevation Subcooling Correction - °F(°C) 80 (24)

60 (18)

40 (12)

20 (6)

12 (6.6) 10 (5.5) 6 (3.3)

9 (5.0) 7 (3.8) 4 (2.2)

5 (2.8) 4 (2.2) 2 (1.1)

1 (0.6) 1 (0.6) 0 (0.0)

* Assumes liquid line is sized for no more than 2°F (1.1°C)pressure drop.

9. As head pressure builds, the variable fan speed controlled condenser fan begins rotating. The fan will run at full speed when sufficient head pressure is developed. Liebert® CRV™

46

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Table 25

Liquid pressure and temperature chart

Pressure

R-410A *

PSIG

Bar

°F

°C

170

11.7

59.8

15.4

180

12.4

63.1

17.3

190

13.1

66.3

19.1

200

13.8

69.5

20.8

210

14.5

72.5

22.5

220

15.2

75.4

24.1

230

15.9

78.2

25.7

240

16.6

80.9

27.2

250

17.2

83.6

28.7

260

17.9

86.2

30.1

270

18.6

88.7

31.5

280

19.3

91.1

32.8

290

20.0

93.5

34.2

300

20.7

95.8

35.5

310

21.4

98.1

36.7

320

22.1

100.3

38.0

330

22.8

102.5

39.2

340

23.4

104.6

40.3

350

24.1

106.7

41.5

360

24.8

108.7

42.6

370

25.5

110.7

43.7

380

26.2

112.7

44.8

390

26.9

114.5

45.9

400

27.6

116.4

46.9

500

34.5

133.5

56.4

600

41.4

148.1

64.5

* Values are for saturated liquid Source: DPN002411, Rev. 3

Evaporator Subcooling Calculation Worksheet Circuit 1 Refrigerant Type 1.

Ambient Temperature

2.

Condenser Elevation

3.

Condenser Elevation Temperature Correction

4.

Liquid Line Pressure

5.

Liquid Pressure converted to Temperature

6.

Measured Liquid Line Temperature

7.

MC Condenser Subcooling Reading

(Menu ID F50 for Circuit #1 or Menu ID F51 for Circuit #2)

47

Liebert® CRV™

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

Subtract Line 6 (Measured Line Temperature) from Line 5 (Liquid Pressure converted to Temperature) to obtain Calculated Subcooling. Circuit 1 Line 5 Line 6 8.

Calculated Subcooling

Elevation Correction Subtract Line 3 (Correction for Condenser Elevation above Evaporator) from Line 8 (Calculated Subcooling) to obtain Corrected Subcooling. Circuit 1 Line 8 Line 3 9.

Corrected Subcooling

Verification Against MC Condenser Subtract Line 7 (MC Condenser Subcooling Reading) from Line 9 (Corrected Subcooling) to obtain Difference. Circuit 1 Line 9 Line 7 10. Difference

• If Line 10 (Difference value) is less than ± 3°F, NO charge adjustment is needed. • If Line 10 (Difference value) is greater than -3°F, add additional charge. • If Line 10 (Difference value) is greater than +3°F, remove charge.

Liebert® CRV™

48

Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units

6.8

Charging Fin/Tube Condenser with Variable Fan Speed Control The system must be fully piped and evacuated before it can be charged. See 6.6 Vacuum and Refrigerant Charge. 1. Check unit nameplate for refrigerant type to be used. Unit control configurations differ depending on refrigerant type. 2. Charging the system with refrigerant requires the unit to be in an operational state. 3. Calculate the amount of charge for the system. Refer to the unit, condenser and refrigerant line charge data in Tables 18, 19 and 21. 4. Weigh in as much of the system charge as possible before starting the unit.

NOTICE Risk of improper refrigerant charging. Can cause equipment damage. Refrigerant R-410A is a blend of two components and must be introduced and charged from the cylinder only as a liquid. When adding liquid refrigerant to an operating system, it may be necessary to add the refrigerant through the compressor suction service valve. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the compressor. Emerson recommends connecting a sight glass between the charging hose and the compressor suction service valve. This will permit adjustment of the cylinder hand valve so that liquid can leave the cylinder while allowing vapor to enter the compressor. 5. Turn On unit disconnect switch. Operate the unit for 30 minutes using the charging function in the diagnostic section of the Liebert iCOM® control (see Figure 91). The charging function operates the compressor at full capacity and energizes the blower motor and the liquid line solenoid valve. The reheat and humidifier are disabled. A minimum 20psig (138kPa) must be established and maintained for the compressor to operate. The charging function can be reset as many times as required to complete unit charging. 6. Charge the unit until the liquid line sight glass becomes clear, then add one additional pound (2.2kg) of refrigerant. NOTE A digital scroll compressor will have a clear sight glass only when operating at 100% capacity. When operating below 100%, the sight glass may show bubbles with each 15-second unloading cycle. 7. As head pressure builds, the variable fan speed controlled condenser fan begins rotating. The fan will run at full speed when sufficient head pressure is developed—fan starts to rotate at 310psig (2137kPa) and is full speed at 400psig (2758kPa).

49

Liebert® CRV™

Water Connections for Water/Glycol Units—600mm (24") Models

7.0

WATER CONNECTIONS FOR WATER/GLYCOL UNITS—600MM (24") MODELS

NOTICE Risk of internal system corrosion and frozen coolant fluid. Can cause equipment damage and major fluid leaks resulting in serious building damage, expensive repair costs and costly system down time. Cooling coils, heat exchangers and piping systems that are connected to open cooling towers or other open water/glycol systems are at high risk of freezing and premature corrosion. Fluids in these systems must contain the proper antifreeze and inhibitors to prevent freezing and premature coil, piping and heat exchanger corrosion. The water or water/glycol solution must be analyzed by a competent local water treatment specialist before startup to establish the inhibitor and antifreeze solution requirement and at regularly scheduled intervals throughout the life of the system to determine the pattern of inhibitor depletion. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. Read and follow individual unit installation instructions for precautions regarding fluid system design, material selection and use of field-provided devices. Liebert systems contain iron and copper alloys that require appropriate corrosion protection. It is important to have the system running with flow through exchangers maintained at initial system fill for 24 to 48 hours depending on size and system configuration. Water chemistry varies greatly by location, as do the required additives, called inhibitors, that reduce the corrosive effect of the fluids on the piping systems and components. The chemistry of the water used must be considered, because water from some sources may contain corrosive elements that reduce the effectiveness of the inhibited formulation. Sediment deposits prevent the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of the coolant system components and piping. The water/coolant fluid must be treated and circulating through the system continuously to prevent the buildup of sediment deposits and or growth of sulfate reducing bacteria. Proper inhibitor maintenance must be performed in order to prevent corrosion of the system. Consult glycol manufacturer for testing and maintenance of inhibitors. Commercial ethylene glycol (examples are Dow Chemical Dowtherm SR-1 Union Carbide Ucartherm and Texaco E.G. Heat Transfer Fluid 100), when pure, is generally less corrosive to the common metals of construction than water itself. It will, however, assume the corrosivity of the water from which it is prepared and may become increasingly corrosive with use if not properly inhibited. Table 26

Water connection options

Liebert CRV Option

Top Connections

Bottom Connections

Condensate Pump and Humidifier

Available

Available

Condensate Pump and No Humidifier

Available

Available

Not Available

Available

No Condensate Pump and No Humidifier

Table 27

Volume of CRV internal water circuits

Model

Volume, gal., (L)

CR020RW

1.27 (4.8)

CR035RW

1.51 (5.7)

CR040RC

4.65 (17.6)\

Liebert® CRV™

50

Water Connections for Water/Glycol Units—600mm (24") Models

7.1

Water Connections—Supply Humidifier and Drain Water Units with a condensate pump and humidifier are preset to be connected from the top. If floor connections are used, the water lines can be intercepted at the following points:

Figure 29 Water connection points, bottom entry Condensate Pump Drain

Humidifier Water Supply

• Condensate drain without pump: • Use tubing rated to carry water up to 212°F (100°C) copper, PVC or flexible polythene tubing. • Allow a 2% gradient toward the drain. • Drain is trapped internally. Do not trap the drain external to the equipment. • Fill the drain trap with water. • Humidifier (optional): See Appendix A - Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only.

7.2

Glycol Mixture Add ethylene glycol or propylene glycol to the circuit in the percentages shown in Table 28. Table 28

Glycol mixtures

Glycol Percentage * by Volume

Ethylene Glycol Freezing Temperature, °F (°C)

Propylene Glycol Freezing Temperature, °F (°C)

0%

32 (0)

32 (0)

10%

25.3 (-3.7)

28.9 (-1.7)

20%

16 (-8.9)

18.7 (-7.4)

30%

3.7 (-15.7)

8.4 (-13.1)

40%

-12.6 (-24.8)

-6.7 (-21.5)

*

Freezing temperatures may vary slightly among commercially available glycol products; refer to manufacturer’s specifications.

51

Liebert® CRV™

Water Connections for Water/Glycol Units—600mm (24") Models

7.3

Water Connections: Water/Glycol-Cooled Models The unit must receive cooling water as follows: • • 1. 2. 3.

From an external cooling water source, in open circuit. Using a drycooler, in closed circuit. Connect the piping as shown in 5.2 Refrigeration and Hydraulic Circuits. Use hoses connected with three-piece joints to the condenser water inlet and outlet couplings. Install a field-supplied16-20 mesh strainer on the water/glycol supply to the Liebert CRV. The strainer is needed to prevent particles in the water from entering the unit’s heat exchanger. 4. Place shutoff ball valves at the conditioner inlet and outlet to allow easy maintenance. 5. Install a water drain system at the lowest point in the circuit. 6. Fully drain the piping before connecting it to the air conditioner.

7.3.1

Notes for Open-Circuit Applications • Use the unit with mains or well water. Do not use water from an evaporative cooling tower unless the water hardness is controlled. • The water pressure must be 29-145psi (2-10 bar). If water pressure is outside this range, contact Emerson for technical support. • The required water flow at different temperatures is available from Emerson. • If water temperature is very low, insulate both pipes.

7.3.2

Notes for Closed-Circuit Applications • Install a pump system calculated on the basis of the flow and total head of the system (see site plan data) and controlled by the compressor running (see label on the Liebert CRV). • Insulate both pipes. • Very important: Add water and ethylene glycol to the circuit when the ambient temperature is below 32°F (0°C); refer to the Liebert CRV technical data manual, SL-11978). Do not exceed the nominal operating pressure of the circuit components. • Bleed air out of the circuit.

Figure 30 Recommended drycooler installation

Fill Water

Disconnect After Charge TS

Standby Pump (optional)

Shutoff Valve Pump

Charge Group (Filter, Reducer, Check Valve)

TS Thermostat (*) HTC Variex (50Hz Opt.)

Check Valve

Safety Valve

Gauge

Expansion Tank

Filling Meter Drain (at Lowest Point)

Air Separator

Liebert® CRV™

52

Pressure-Operated Bypass

HTC

Liebert CRV

Water Connections for Water/Glycol Units—600mm (24") Models

Figure 31 Connections—water/glycol models

6-1/8" (155mm)

Piping and electrical connections available at the top and bottom of unit.

1-1/8" (28mm)

Rear

9-1/2" (242mm)

3-1/16" (77mm)

17-5/16" (440mm)

CR

HS CP

2-15/16" (74mm)

9-5/16" (237mm)

2-11/16" (69mm)

2-11/16" (69mm) 3-13/16" (97mm)

46-1/4" (1175mm)

5" (127mm)

2-3/16" (56mm) 3-1/4" (83mm)

8-7/8" (226mm)

1-3/4" (44mm)

CR

GDH or HS

CS

5-1/8" (130mm)

CS

2-11/16" (69mm)

3-1/16" (77mm) HVB

1-3/4" (45mm) HVT LVT

2-1/8" (54mm)

1-3/8" (35mm)

1-3/4" (45mm)

12-3/4" (325mm)

9-3/4" (248mm)

Top Connections 3-1/4" (83mm)

4-1/8" (105mm)

LVT 1-1/2" (38mm)

4-13/16" (122mm)

3-7/8" (98mm)

GD or CP 2-1/8" (55mm) LVB

7-13/16" (199mm)

2-3/16" (56mm)

LVB

Bottom Connections

(possible with raised floor)

23-5/8" (600mm)

* Install a 16-20 mesh strainer, in an easily accessible location, on the Water/Glycol Supply to prevent particles from entering the heat exchanger. Strainer bypass valves are recommended to allow the strainer to be cleaned while maintaining flow to the cooling unit.

Table 29

5-3/8" (136mm)

DPN001793 Rev. 2

Unit connections, water/glycol-cooled models

CS CR GD GDH

Unit Connections Water/Glycol Coolant Supply Water/Glycol Coolant Return Gravity Coil Pan Drain Gravity Humidifier Drain

HS

Humidifier Supply

CP

Condensate Pump

HVT

High Voltage Top Connection

HVB

High Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit)

LVT

Low Voltage Top Connection

Low Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit) Low Voltage Bottom Entrance LVB2 (feed through the base of the unit) LVB

CR20W (60Hz) CR35W (60Hz) 1-1/4" FPT 1-1/4" FPT 1" MPT N/A 1/2" FPT (top connection) 1/4" Compression Fitting (bottom connection) 1/2" FPT Combination Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/8" (35mm) 1-3/4" (44.5mm) and 2-1/2" (63.5mm) Knockout Hole Diameter 2-1/2" (63.5mm) Knockout Hole Diameter 7/8" (22mm) 2 places Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/32" (27.8mm) 2 places Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/4" (44.5mm) 1 place

Source: DPN001793, Rev. 2

53

Liebert® CRV™

Water Connections for Chilled Water Units—600mm (24") Units

8.0

WATER CONNECTIONS FOR CHILLED WATER UNITS—600MM (24") UNITS

NOTICE Risk of internal system corrosion and frozen coolant fluid. Can cause equipment damage and major fluid leaks resulting in serious building damage, expensive repair costs and costly system down time. Cooling coils, heat exchangers and piping systems that are connected to open cooling towers or other open water/glycol systems are at high risk of freezing and premature corrosion. Fluids in these systems must contain the proper antifreeze and inhibitors to prevent freezing and premature coil, piping and heat exchanger corrosion. The water or water/glycol solution must be analyzed by a competent local water treatment specialist before startup to establish the inhibitor and antifreeze solution requirement and at regularly scheduled intervals throughout the life of the system to determine the pattern of inhibitor depletion. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. Read and follow individual unit installation instructions for precautions regarding fluid system design, material selection and use of field-provided devices. Liebert systems contain iron and copper alloys that require appropriate corrosion protection. It is important to have the system running with flow through exchangers maintained at initial system fill for 24 to 48 hours depending on size and system configuration. Water chemistry varies greatly by location, as do the required additives, called inhibitors, that reduce the corrosive effect of the fluids on the piping systems and components. The chemistry of the water used must be considered, because water from some sources may contain corrosive elements that reduce the effectiveness of the inhibited formulation. Sediment deposits prevent the formation of a protective oxide layer on the inside of the coolant system components and piping. The water/coolant fluid must be treated and circulating through the system continuously to prevent the buildup of sediment deposits and or growth of sulfate reducing bacteria. Proper inhibitor maintenance must be performed in order to prevent corrosion of the system. Consult glycol manufacturer for testing and maintenance of inhibitors. Commercial ethylene glycol, when pure, is generally less corrosive to the common metals of construction than water itself. It will, however, assume the corrosivity of the water from which it is prepared and may become increasingly corrosive with use if not properly inhibited. Figure 32 Chilled water connections

Top Connections Bottom Rear Connections

Liebert® CRV™

54

Water Connections for Chilled Water Units—600mm (24") Units

Refer to Figure 33 when performing these installation steps: • Use copper tubing or steel pipe. • Place the tubing on supporting saddles. • Insulate both tubes • Install shutoff ball valves on the inlet and outlet pipes to ease maintenance. • Install optional thermostats and pressure gauges on the inlet and outlet pipes. • Install a water drain tap at the lowest point in the circuit. • Fill the circuit with water or glycol. Figure 33 Chilled water circuit

Pressure Gauge

Liebert CRV

Insulation Thermostat

Tubing Support

Water Drain Tap

55

Ball Valves

Liebert® CRV™

Water Connections for Chilled Water Units—600mm (24") Units

Figure 34 Connections—chilled water models

Piping and electrical connections available at the top and bottom of the unit.

4-1/8" (105mm)

6-1/8" (155mm)

REAR

TOP CONNECTIONS 3-1/4" (83mm)

9-1/2" (242mm)

17-5/16" (440mm) HS

CWR

CP

CWS

2-11/16" (69mm)

3-1/4" (83mm)

Table 30

3-1/16") (77mm)

1-3/4" (45mm) 3-13/16" (97)

LVT

1-1/2" (38mm)

1-3/8" (35)

2-1/8" (54mm)

4-13/16" (122mm)

5-1/8" (130mm)

CWS

3-7/8" (98mm)

GD or CP LVB2

LVB

5-3/8" (136mm) 2-1/8" (54mm)

2-3/16"(56mm)

23-5/8" (600mm)

BOTTOM CONNECTIONS (possible with raised floor)

Unit connections, chilled water models Unit Connections

CWS CWR GD GDH

Chilled Water Supply Chilled Water Return Gravity Coil Pan Drain Gravity Humidifier Drain

HS

Humidifier Supply

CP

Condensate Pump

HVT

High Voltage Top Connection

HVB

High Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit)

LVT

Low Voltage Top Connection

Low Voltage Bottom Entrance (feed through the base of the unit) Low Voltage Bottom Entrance LVB2 (feed through the base of the unit) LVB

CR040C (60 Hz) 1-1/4" FPT 1-1/4" FPT 1" MPT N/A 1/2" FPT (top connection) 1/4" Compression Fitting (bottom connection) 1/2" FPT Combination Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/8" (35mm) 1-3/4" (44.5mm) and 2-1/2" (63.5mm) Knockout Hole Diameter 2-1/2" (63.5mm) Knockout Hole Diameter 7/8" (22mm) 4 Places Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/32" (27.8mm) 2 Places Combination Knockout Hole Diameter 1-3/4" (44.5mm) 1 Place

Source: DPN001794, Rev. 2

Liebert® CRV™

HVB

7-13/16" (199mm)

(127mm)

2-3/16" (56mm)

GDH or HS

2-11/16" (69mm)

HVT

1-3/4" (44mm)

CWR

9-5/16" (237mm)

LVT

5"

2-15/16" (74mm)

2-11/16" (69mm)

46-1/4" (1175mm) 1-3/4" (45)

3-1/16" (77mm)

1-1/8" (28mm) 9-3/4" (248mm) 12-3/4" (325mm) 8-7/8" (226mm)

56

DPN001794 Rev. 2

Electrical Connections

9.0

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

9.1

Electrical Field Connections Descriptions

9.1.1

Standard Electrical Connections—600mm (24") models (Source: DPN001884, Rev. 5, Page 1) 1. High Voltage Connection Through the Bottom of the Electric Panel—1-3/8" (34.9mm), 1-3/4" (44.5mm) 2-1/2" (64mm) diameter concentric knockout. 2. Low Voltage Connection Through the Bottom of the Electric Panel—Quantity (2) 7/8" (22mm) diameter knockouts. 3. High Voltage Connection Through the Top of the Unit—1-3/8" (34.9mm), 1-3/4" (44.5mm) and 2-1/2" (64mm) diameter concentric knockout. 4. Low Voltage Connection Through the Top of the Unit—Quantity (4) 7/8" (22mm) diameter knockouts. 5. Three-Phase Electrical Service—Connect to terminals on disconnect switch. Three-phase service not by Liebert (see NOTICE on page 58). 6. Factory-Installed locking Disconnect Switch 7. Earth Ground—Terminal for field-supplied earth grounding wire. 8. Remote Unit Shutdown—Replace existing jumper between Terminals 37 and 38 with field-supplied normally closed switch having a minimum 75VA, 24VAC rating. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 9. Customer Alarm Inputs—Terminals for field supplied, normally closed contacts, having a minimum 75VA, 24VAC rating, between Terminals 3 and 50, 2 and 51, 5 and 55 or between 3 and 56. Use Class 1, field-supplied wiring. Terminals 3 and 56 are used for humidifier alarm when a humidifier is installed. The remaining terminals are available for customer alarm inputs, such as smoke sensors and building fire alarms. 10. Common Alarm—On any alarm, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 75 and 76 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 11. Heat Rejection Interlock—On any call for compressor operation, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 70 and 71 to heat rejection equipment. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 12. CANbus Connector—Terminal block with terminals 49-1 (CAN-H) and 49-3 (CAN-L) + SH (shield connection). The terminals are used to connect the CANbus communication cable (provided by others) from the indoor unit to the Liebert MC (Premium Model). The CANbus cable, provided by others and used to connect to the outdoor condenser, must have the following specifications: a. Conductors—22-18AWG stranded tinned copper b. Twisted pair (minimum eight twists per foot [305mm]) c. Braided shield or foil shield with drain wire d. Low Capacitance—15pf/ft or less e. UL approved temperature rated to 167°F (75°C) f. UL approved voltage rated to 300V g. UV- and moisture-resistant if not provided in conduit. h. Plenum rated—NEC type CMP (if required by national or local codes.)

57

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

9.1.2

Electrical Connections for Optional Features—600mm (24") models (Source: DPN001884, Rev. 5, Page 2) 13. Condensate Pump High Water Alarm (available when optional pump is installed)—On pump high water indication, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 88 and 89 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 14. Liebert Liqui-tect® Shutdown and Dry Contact (Available When Optional Liebert Liqui-tect Sensor is Installed)—On Liebert Liqui-tect activation, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 58 and 59 for remote indication. The Liebert Liqui-tect sensor notifies Liebert iCOM® of indication through Terminals 60 and 61. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 15. Reheat and humidifier lockout—Remote 24VAC required at Terminals 82 and 83 for lockout of reheat and humidifier. 16. Additional Common Alarm—On any alarm, one additional normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 94 and 95 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. NOTE Refer to specification sheet for total unit full load amps, wire size amps and maximum overcurrent protective device size.

NOTICE Risk of improper input power. Can cause equipment damage. The electronically commutated motors included in the Liebert CRV unit —included in 480V CR035 and CR040 units—are suitable for connection to an electrical service providing input power to the unit with 300V or less line-to-ground potential only. Acceptable unit input electrical service for 460V (480V) nominal units: • 480V wye with solidly grounded neutral and 277V line-to-ground Unacceptable unit input electrical service for 460V (480V) nominal units: • Wye with high resistance (or impedance) ground • Delta without ground or with floating ground • Delta with corner ground • Delta with grounded center tap

Liebert® CRV™

58

Electrical Connections

Figure 35 Electrical field connections—600mm (24") models 3 Unit Top 4

2-1/2" (64mm) knockout

Unit Base

4 1-3/32" (28mm) knockout Unit Front

Unit Front

Refer to 9.1.1 Standard Electrical Connections—600mm (24") models and 9.1.2 Electrical Connections for Optional Features—600mm (24") models for keys to numbered components.

1-3/4" (44.5mm) knockout

16 10

OVERLOAD PROTECTORS

Not Used 13 15 Not Used 12

CONTACTORS

11 8 14 UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH

9

Factory Terminals

7

9 5, 6

DPN001884 Pg. 3, Rev. 5

2 Typically, 2 1

59

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

Figure 36 CANbus communication connection Liebert CRV and Liebert MC (premium) unit P80

TB50

CAN H

CAN L

D58

J6

L

1 2 3

1

OUTPUT

P15

BA

H

TB50

Condenser

J4

TB49

3

1 2 3

ON

L

INPUT

3

H

1

TB49

1 3

J6

CAN SW6 TB50 1

CA NH

OUT PUT 2 3

TB49 INPU T

1 2 3

CA NL

BOOTPSWD SYS APP

1

ON

CAN SW6

Detail1 CAN Cable (A) Connection Shield Connection

SH

A Low-Voltage Field Entrance Located on Bottom Left of Condenser Enclosure

Remove Jumper

B

70 71 230

Factory Wiring Between Liebert MC Control Board and Terminal Strip

B A

Heat Rejection Interlock (B)

P78 1

3

CAN Cable (A) Connection Shield Connection

Heat Rejection Interlock (B)

Factory Wiring Between Liebert iCOM and Terminal Strip

Liebert CRV Indoor Unit

COMPONENT NOTES 1. Component appearance, orientation and position may vary. Terminal names and callouts remain constant. CABLE NOTES (A): 1. Field Supplied Cable. ● Shielded ● 22-18awg Stranded Tinned Copper ● Twisted Pair (minimum 8 twists per foot) ● Low capacitance (15pf/ft or less) ● Must be rated to meet local codes and conditions. ● Examples Belden 89207 (plenum rated), or alpha wire 6454 Category 5, 5e or higher. 2. Do not run in same conduit, raceway or chase as high-voltage wiring. 3. For CANbus network lengths greater than 350ft (107m), contact Liebert factory.

WIRE NOTES (B) 1. Field Supplied Wire ● 18AWG or greater ● Rated 600V 2. Run two wires from indoor unit to condenser(s).

Liebert® CRV™

DPN002841 Rev. 0

60

Electrical Connections

9.1.3

Standard Electrical Field Connections—300mm (12") DX Models Source: DPN002810, Rev. 2 1. High-Voltage Connection Through the Rear of the Switch Box—1-1/8" (28.6mm) and 1-3/4" (44.5mm) diameter concentric knockout. 2. Low-Voltage Connection Through the Bottom of the Unit—Quantity of two 7/8" (22mm) diameter knockouts, not shown; see Figure 28. 3. High-Voltage Connection Through the Top of the Unit—1-1/4" (32mm) and 1-3/4" (44.5mm) diameter concentric knockout, not shown; see Figure 28. 4. Low-Voltage Connection Through the Top of the Unit—Two knockouts, 7/8" (22mm) diameter, not shown; see Figure 28. 5. Three-Phase Electrical Service—Connect to terminals on disconnect switch. Three-phase service not by Emerson. (Refer to serial tag for total unit full load amps, wire size amps and maximum overcurrent protective device size. 6. Factory-Installed Locking Disconnect Switch 7. Earth Ground—Terminal for field-supplied earth grounding wire. 8. Remote Unit Shutdown—Replace existing jumper between Terminals 37 and 38 with field-supplied normally closed switch having a minimum 75VA, 24VAC rating. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 9. Customer Alarm Inputs—Terminals for field-supplied, normally closed contacts, having a minimum 75VA, 24VAC rating, between Terminals 3 and 50, 2 and 51, 5 and 55 or 3 and 56. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. Terminals 5 and 55 not available when optional Condensate Pump is installed. 10. ) Common Alarm—On any alarm, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 75 and 76 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 11. Heat Rejection Interlock—On any call for compressor operation, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 70 and 71 to heat rejection equipment. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 12. CANbus Connector—Terminal block with Terminals 49-1 (CAN-H) and 49-3 (CAN-L) + SH (shield connection). The terminals are used to connect the CANbus communication cable (field supplied) from the indoor unit to the Liebert MC Condenser-Premium Model. CANbus Cable—CANbus cable provided by others to connect to the outdoor condenser. Cable must have the following specifications: a. Conductors—22-18AWG stranded, tinned copper b. Twisted pair (minimum eight twists per foot [305mm]) c. Braided shield or foil shield with drain wire d. Low capacitance—15pf/ft or less e. UL-approved temperature rated to 167°F (75°C) f. UL-approved voltage rated to 300V g. UV- and moisture-resistant if not provided in conduit h. Plenum rated—NEC type CMP (if required by national or local codes)

9.1.4

Electrical Field Connections for Optional Features—300mm (12") DX Models Source: DPN002810, Rev. 2 13. Condensate Pump High Water Alarm (available when optional pump is installed)—On pump high water indication, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 88 and 89 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 14. Liebert Liqui-tect® Shutdown and Dry Contact (available when optional Liebert Liqui-tect sensor is installed)—On Liebert Liqui-tect activation, normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 58 and 59 for remote indication. The Liebert Liqui-tect sensor notifies Liebert iCOM® of indication through Terminals 60 and 61. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring. 15. Additional Common Alarm—On any alarm, one additional normally open dry contact is closed across Terminals 94 and 95 for remote indication. 1A, 24VAC maximum load. Use field-supplied Class 1 wiring.

61

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

Figure 37 Electrical field connections—300mm (12") DX models See Figure 38 for low-voltage field wiring routing into the unit

Refer to 9.1.3 Standard Electrical Field Connections—300mm (12") DX Models and 9.1.4 Electrical Field Connections for Optional Features— 300mm (12") DX Models for keys to numbered components.

Ø 1.75" (44.5mm) K.O.

A

5

Ø 1.13" (28.6mm) K.O.

7

Disconnect handle and cover removed

1

6

A View A-A 3

B 4

Factory-provided conduit for routing low-voltage field wiring to unit electric box. See note below.

15 10

9

12

Rear View

VIEW B-B Upper terminals 13 11

14

8

9

Factory Terminals

B

9

Air, Water and Glycol units only Factory-provided conduit for routing low-voltage field wiring to unit electric box. See note below. Quarter-Turn Latch allows the electric panel to be slid out; Main Disconnect Switch must be Off

DPN002810 VIEW B-B Lower terminals Pg. 3, Rev. 2

SOME COMPONENTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY General wire routing paths shown. Wiring must be run in conduit and must be inside Liebert CRV frame and panels. Attach conduit to inside of rails with cable ties. Control wiring must be run in separate conduit from power wiring. For top entry routing, see Figure 44; for bottom entry, see Figure 45.

Liebert® CRV™

62

Electrical Connections

Figure 38 Low-voltage field wiring routing into the unit—300mm (12") DX

Low-Voltage Knockout

Factory Wiring Low-Voltage Field Wiring

63

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

9.2

Electrical Connections

! WARNING Arc flash and electric shock hazard. Can cause injury and death. Open all local and remote electric power supplies, verify with a voltmeter that power is Off and wear appropriate personal protective equipment per NFPA 70E before working within the electrical control enclosure. Before proceeding with installation, read all instructions, verify that all the parts are included and check the nameplate to be sure the voltage matches available utility power. The Liebert iCOM® microprocessor does not isolate power from the unit, even in the Unit Off mode. Some internal components require and receive power even during the Unit Off mode of the Liebert iCOM control. The factory-supplied optional disconnect switch is inside the unit. The line side of this switch contains live hazardous voltage potential. Install and open a remote disconnect switch and verify with a voltmeter that live hazardous voltage potential is not present inside the unit cabinet before working within. Refer to the unit electrical schematic. Follow all national and local codes.

! WARNING Risk of electric shock. Can cause injury or death. This unit has a high leakage current potential. Proper earth ground connection per national and local codes is required before connection to the electric power supply. Before proceeding with the electrical connections, ensure that: • all electrical components are undamaged • all terminal screws are tight • the supply voltage and frequency are as indicated on the unit NOTE The serial tag on the 600mm (24") unit will be found on the inside of the display panel. The serial tag on the 300mm (12") units will be on the narrow side of the electric panel, nearest the filters.

Liebert® CRV™

64

Electrical Connections

Figure 39 Serial tag location——600mm (24") models

Serial Tag 600mm (24" Unit)

Figure 40 Remove electrical panel and lower front panel—600mm (24") models Remove these bolts to access high-voltage electrical panel Remove these bolts to access low voltage electrical panel

Remove these bolts to open lower front baffle panel

65

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

Figure 41 Pull out the electric panel—300mm (12") DX models Main Disconnect Switch (locks electrical panel position; switch must be Off before turning quarter-turn lock; electric panel must be fully inside the Liebert CRV before switch can be turned On)

Low-voltage electrical panel

Low-voltage electrical wiring conduit; lower conduit carries factory wiring Electric panel slides out after filters are removed if Main Disconnect is Off

Rear of Liebert CRV 300mm(12") Unit Filters removed for access to electric panel

Liebert® CRV™

Quarter-Turn Latch opens high-voltage electric panel (all connections made at factory). The disconnect switch must be turned Off before electric box will slide out.

66

Rear of Liebert CRV 300mm(12") Unit Filters Installed

Electrical Connections

Figure 42 Power and control cable entry points and routing—600mm (24") models High Voltage Top Entry Port

High Voltage Top Entry Port

Low Voltage Top Entry Port

Low Voltage Channel opening provides access to the electrical panel

Low-voltage cables are routed through a channel in the side panel to connect the bottom of the unit to the electrical panel Liebert IntelliSlot Bays

High-Voltage Cable Path

Low-Voltage Bottom Entry Port

High-Voltage Bottom Entry Knockout Low-Voltage Cable Path to Electrical Panel

67

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

Figure 43 Power cable routing—Bottom entry, 300mm (12") DX models

Use rear knockout on Main Disconnect for high-voltage wire entry.

SOME COMPONENTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY General wire routing paths shown. Wiring must be run in conduit and must be inside Liebert CRV frame and panels. Attach conduit to inside of rails with cable ties. Control wiring must be run in separate conduit from power wiring. Refer to Figure 45 for bottom entry wire routing.

Front

High-Voltage Wire Routing Bottom Entry Point Rear

Liebert® CRV™

68

Electrical Connections

Figure 44 Liebert IntelliSlot cable routing—Top entry, 300mm (12") DX models

Low-voltage field wiring (twisted pair)

Low-voltage field wiring (twisted pair

DPN002814 Pg. 1, Rev. 3

69

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

Figure 45 Liebert IntelliSlot cable routing—Bottom entry, 300mm (12") DX models

SOME COMPONENTS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY General wire routing paths shown. Wiring must be run in conduit and must be inside Liebert CRV frame and panels. Attach conduit to inside of rails with cable ties. Shielded cable may be used. If not, control wiring must be run in separate conduit from power wiring. Secure the control wiring or conduit to the bottom edge of the rail with cable ties. Route the shielded cable up toward the Liebert IntelliSlot bays and fasten to the side rails as needed.

Low-voltage field wiring (shielded cable) Low-voltage field wiring (twisted pair)

DPN002814 Pg. 2, Rev. 3 Secure tie the field wiring shielded cable to the rail. Route the shielded cable up toward the Liebert IntelliSlots and fasten to the side rails as needed.

Liebert® CRV™

70

Electrical Connections

9.2.1

Power Supply Cable Connections • • • • •

Connect the cable to the line inlet terminal board. Use the appropriate cable size for the current draw, supply voltage and installation type. Protect the supply using a backup fuse or circuit breaker. Do not fit the supply cable in the raceways inside the unit’s electric board—600mm (24") units. Use only multipolar cables with sheath (CEI20-22).

Wiring Connections • Remote On/Off connections must be provided by the installer. • The General Alarm terminals allow remote alarm signalling. In case of short circuit, check the affected switch for sticking and replace it if necessary. See electrical data in Table 38.

9.3

Protective Features of the Electronically Commutated Fans—All Models The EC fans are protected against: • • • •

Overtemperature of electronics Overtemperature of motor Locked rotor protection Short circuit at the motor output

When any of these failures occurs, the motor stops, electronically, with no potential for separation, and the status relay is released. The unit does not restart automatic automatically. To reset the alarm, the power supply must be switched Off for 20 minutes once motor is at standstill. • Input power undervoltage detection: If the utility power falls below 3ph/290VAC (typical value) for 5 seconds or longer, the motor is switched Off, electronically, with no potential for separation, and the status relay is released. When the utility voltage returns to a correct value, the motor restarts automatically. • Phase failure recognition: If one phase fails for 5 seconds or longer, the motor is switched Off, electronically, with no potential for separation, and the status relay is released. When all three phases return to correct values, the motor restarts automatically in 10 to 40 seconds. The power supply for an external speed-setting potentiometer is protected against short-circuiting. The motor is overload-protected via motor current limitation.

71

Liebert® CRV™

Electrical Connections

9.4

Protective Features of Electrical Heaters—600mm (24") Models

Figure 46 Electrical heating with temperature sensor protection

Temperature sensor protection

When the temperature sensor detects overtemperature of electrical heating, the thermal protection turns Off the current. To reset the thermal protection, push the button on the front of the unit (see Figure 46).

Liebert® CRV™

72

Startup

10.0 STARTUP 10.1

Initial Startup

! WARNING Risk of hair, clothing and jewelry entanglement with high speed rotating fan blades. Can cause equipment damage, serious injury or death.

Keep hair, jewelry and loose clothing secured and away from rotating fan blades during unit operation.

! WARNING Risk of contact with rotating fan blades. Can cause injury or death. The Liebert CRV’s fan blades will continue rotating after the unit is shut Off. Open all local and remote electric power supply disconnect switches, verify with a voltmeter that power is off and verify that the fan blades have stopped rotating before working on the unit. To start the Liebert CRV: 1. Open all valves in the refrigeration circuit according to the instruction label attached to the valve. 2. W Models Only: Open all valves in the water circuit according to the instruction label attached to the valve. 3. Ensure that the refrigerant charge is correct (see 6.0 Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units). 4. Using a leak detector, verify that there are no refrigerant leaks. If any leaks are detected, repair them and recharge as described in 6.0 Refrigerant Connections for Air-Cooled Units. 5. At least 4 hours before startup, close the main switch and the compressor switch on the electric panel. NOTE The default setting for the Liebert iCOM® control is for stand-alone operation. The stand-alone mode allows users to turn on the unit simply by rotating the main switch on the electrical panel. The yellow LED on the Liebert iCOM will light after the unit is turned on because electrical power is present. If the LED does not light: • check the electrical panel power supply • check the protection devices (e.g., thermal switches) • check the fuses. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Verify that the crankcase heater is working. Check to ensure that there are no water leaks. If an external condenser or drycooler is installed, start it by supplying power to it. Close all MCB’s on the electrical panel. Check the supply voltage on all phases. Check the supply voltage on all phases for the external condenser or drycooler, if fitted. Start the unit by pressing the On/Off switch. Check the amp draw of all components (see 9.0 Electrical Connections). Check the amp draw of the external condenser/drycooler, if fitted. If the compressor makes a loud, unusual noise, invert the electrical connections of the phases supplying the corresponding digital scroll compressor, which accepts only one direction of rotation. Ensure that the fans rotate in the correct direction (see arrow on fan). Ensure that all control system settings are correct and that there are no alarms (see Liebert CRV system screen, Figure 56). W Models Only: Verify the water flow is adequate. W Models Only: For closed circuit units, ensure that the water pump starts when the compressor starts.

73

Liebert® CRV™

Startup

Checks to Perform after Startup Once the system is operating under load, check the various components, as follows: 1. Verify that the fans are operating properly. 2. Ensure that the temperature and relative humidity are being controlled, and that the humidifier (optional) and heating steps (optional) operate when required. 3. Ensure that the compressor operates when required. 4. Ensure that the fan operation controller on the external condenser/drycooler (if fitted) is calibrated correctly, and that it controls the fan operation. 5. Record all of the following on the warranty inspection form: a. All component voltages and current draws b. All air / water temperatures indoor and outdoor c. All refrigerant and water / glycol pressures, d. All levels of refrigerant and oil in sight glasses e. Record refrigerant pressure switch settings and operating pressures f. Record superheat and sub-cooling.

10.2

Automatic Restart The Liebert CRV may be set up through the Liebert iCOM to automatically restart on the return of power after a supply power interruption. To avoid an automatic cold restart of the compressor if a power interruption of several hours is expected, stop the unit before the blackout. After power returns, allow the compressor to preheat before restarting the unit.

Figure 47 Refrigerant line components—600mm (24") models Liquid Receiver Relief Valve

Solenoid Valve

Sight Glass

Thermostatic expansion valve Filter Dryer Filter Dryer Inlet Schrader Valve

Liebert® CRV™

74

Startup

Figure 48 Refrigerant line components—300mm (12") DX models Thermostatic expansion valve

Sight Glass

Pressure Transducer

Solenoid Valve Pressure Transducer

75

Liebert® CRV™

Startup

10.3

Chilled Water Valve: Chilled Water 600mm (24") Models The Liebert 600mm (24") chilled water unit comes with a two-way or three-way valve (see Figure 17). The valve controls the chilled water flow and operates as follows: • When the valve is fully open (i.e., maximum chilled water flow), the actuator slot is set to “1.” • When the valve is closed (i.e., no chilled water flow), the actuator slot is set to “0.” The valve running time is set to the value specified in the control manual. NOTE In the event of control system failure, the valve can be manually controlled with the ball valve handle. It can be used to drive the actuator into any position between 0 and 1.

Figure 49 Position of the chilled water valve actuator (for 2- or 3-way valve)—600mm (24") units Chilled Water Valve Actuator

Water Return Piping

Water Supply Piping

10.4

Adjust Baffles to Direct Air Properly

! WARNING Risk of electric shock and contact with high speed rotating fan blades. Can cause injury or

death. Open all local and remote electric power supplies and verify with a voltmeter that power is Off and verify that all fan blades have stopped rotating before working within the unit cabinet and electric connection enclosures. Ensure that the Liebert CRV is shut down and verify with a voltmeter that electric power has been disconnected before beginning any work on the unit.

The Liebert CRV has been equipped with an adjustable, modular supply air baffle system. The baffles should be adjusted prior to startup to direct air toward the racks the cooling unit is intended to condition. Ideally, these should be the same racks the cooling unit is pulling hot air from. The baffles can be readjusted at any time as cooling needs change. Liebert® CRV™

76

Startup

The Liebert CRV is shipped with the baffles in an alternating pattern to direct cold air left and right. This configuration should be used when the cooling unit is located between racks. If a Liebert CRV is installed at the end of a row, all the baffles should be adjusted to blow air down the cold-aisle, toward the racks. The baffle segments at the top of the panel will direct more air than the segments at the bottom. The supply air will travel the furthest when all baffle segments are pointed in the same direction, left or right.

10.4.1 Adjust Baffles on 600mm (24") Models To adjust the baffles on 600mm (24") models: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Open the door containing the Liebert iCOM® display. Remove the two screws holding a baffle panel segment in place. Slide out the baffle segment. There is one screw on each side of the baffle, as shown in Figure 50. Remove the screws and rotate the baffle segment around its horizontal axis to change the airflow direction. 5. Reinsert the baffle segment and reinstall the screws.

Figure 50 Adjust the baffles to ensure correct airflow direction—600mm (24") models Inside view, showing baffle removal for changing airflow direction.

2. Remove two bolts.

1. Open Liebert CRV Display Door.

3. Tilt and lift baffle panel.

For proper operation, the baffles must be installed so the discharge air points up.

77

DPN001863 Pg. 1, Rev. 2

Liebert® CRV™

Startup

10.4.2 Adjust Baffles on 300mm (12") Models To adjust the baffles on 300mm (12") models: NOTE The air baffles on 300mm (12") units may be changed to direct air either right or left. 1. Shut down the Liebert CRV. 2. Open the door containing the Liebert iCOM® display. 3. Remove the screws that secure the baffle panel in place. Each panel is secured with four screws, two on each side. 4. Slide out the baffle panel. 5. Rotate the baffle panel around its horizontal axis to change the airflow direction. 6. Reinsert the baffle panel. 7. Repeat for all baffles to be changed. 8. Reinstall the screws in the metal brace. Figure 51 Adjust the baffles to ensure correct airflow direction—300mm (24") models

Remove screws, rotate baffles to desired airflow direction. Reinstall screws.

Open Door

Each arrow represents a baffle segment. Unit ships with baffles pointing in alternating directions.

Step 3

Step 6

B Step 4 Step 5

Inside View Liebert® CRV™

78

DPN002809 Rev. 1

Startup

10.4.3 Adjust Blocker Plate—600mm (24") models A blocker plate inside the display door should also be adjusted to direct air toward the racks the Liebert CRV is intended to condition. The blocker plate can be installed on the left or right side of the display door, or it can be removed to discharge air left and right. Figure 52 Adjust air-blocking plate—600mm (24") models

Perforated Supply Air Opening

Air Blocker Installed Over Perforation

Attachment Screws

FRONT VIEW

INSIDE DISPLAY DOOR

DPN001863 Pg. 2, Rev. 2

To adjust the air blocker: 1. Remove the three screws that attach the blocker plate to the display door. 2. Reattach the blocker plate to the other side of the display door or to remove it.

79

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.0 LIEBERT ICOM® CONTROL The Liebert CRV is equipped with the most-advanced Liebert iCOM control system. The large Liebert iCOM display is standard on the Liebert CRV. Each Liebert CRV contains a return air temperature and humidity sensor, supply air temperature sensor and three remote rack sensors. Up to an additional seven remote rack sensors can be added to the sensor network. Each rack sensor takes two temperature readings and reports either the average or the maximum temperature of the two sensors. The 2T rack temperature sensors provide feedback to the cooling unit about the condition of the air entering the server racks. This information allows the Liebert CRV to ensure it is providing just enough cold air to each rack, virtually eliminating hot spots. Overcooling and excessive airflow are avoided, greatly reducing unnecessary energy consumption. Each Liebert CRV includes three 2T rack temperature sensors to monitor three racks. A total of ten 2T temperature sensors can be connected to each cooling unit to monitor every rack a Liebert CRV is protecting. When multiple cooling units are connected in a Unit-to-Unit Liebert iCOM control network, all sensor data is shared to optimize their performance as a system. 2T rack sensors can also be initially installed on empty racks reserved for future growth with the control set to ignore these sensor readings. The extra 2T temperature sensor readings can also be displayed on the local display and reported remotely for monitoring purposes only without the readings affecting unit operation. This function provides users with a built-in mini-monitoring system. NOTE Not all the commands and functions referred to in the Liebert iCOM sections of this document will be available on all types of Liebert CRV units. For instance, commands and functions relating to chilled water will not have a corresponding feature in DX units.

Liebert® CRV™

80

Liebert iCOM® Control

Table 31 Icon

? ESC

Keyboard icons and functions Key Name

Function

On/Off Key

Controls the operational state of the cooling unit.

Alarm Key

Silences an alarm.

Help Key

Accesses integrated Help menus.

ESCape Key

Returns to the previous display view.

Enter Key

Confirms all selections and selects icons or text.

Increase Key (Up Arrow)

Moves upward in a menu or increases the value of a selected parameter.

Decrease Key (Down Arrow)

Moves downward in a menu or reduces the value of a selected parameter.

Left and Right Arrow Keys

Navigates through text and sections of the display.

Blinking Red—Active, unacknowledged alarm exists Upper LED Solid Red—Active, acknowledged alarm exists

Lower LED

Solid Amber—Power is available to the unit; unit is NOT operating. Blinking Amber / Green—The unit is in stand-by mode. Green—Unit is operating with no alarms

Figure 53 Liebert iCOM® default screen symbols

Fan

Cooling

Maintenance

Electric Heat

Dehumidification

Humidification

81

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.1

Control Interface When the buttons on the Liebert iCOM® control have not been pressed for a short period, the display backlight turns Off. Pressing any key will wake up the screen and display the Status menu of the last cooling unit viewed. The Status menu will show the cooling unit’s operational mode(s), return air temperature and humidity readings, temperature and humidity setpoints and any active alarms. Whether the cooling unit is in a Liebert iCOM U2U network or is a stand-alone unit, the Status menu will display only that cooling unit’s information. Any large display connected to a network can be used to view any cooling unit on the network or to show an average view of the entire system of cooling units (the system view is obtained by pressing the Right and Left arrow key from the unit view). The unit information being viewed is displayed in the upper right corner of the screen (see Figure 57 for an example).

11.1.1 Navigating Through the Liebert iCOM Menus User Menus The Liebert iCOM shows icons and text for monitoring and controlling Liebert cooling units or network of cooling units. The control is broken out into three major menus. User, Service and Advanced menus. The User menu contains the most frequently used features, settings and status information. See Figure 54 for a menu overview. Figure 54 User menu icons and descriptions

USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

°C / °F % RH SET Setpoints View and change temperature and humidity setpoints

12 6

Spare Part List Displays the various part numbers of the components/par ts in the cooling unit

ACTIVE ALARMS

Liebert® CRV™

1234 h

3

SET ALARMS

EVENT LOG

Event Log Contains last 400 events

Graphics Displays temperature and humidity graphs

View Network Shows status of all connected units

Set Alarms Allows enable, disable and settings for alarms

12

!

Sensor Data Shows readings of standard and optional sensors

SET ALARMS

9 SET

3

1234h

6

Total Run Hours Active Alarms Display Setup Allows the user Change settings Records the run time for display: of all components and to view all allows setting current active language, time, simple or of limits on run time alarms graphic view

82

Service Contact Info Condenser Timer Contains key contact Contains key information for local information about the Liebert MC Condenser service, including names and phone operation numbers

Liebert iCOM® Control

NOTE The Liebert iCOM control has three main menus: User, Service and Advanced. Menu settings may be viewed without a password, but changing settings requires a password. If a password is required, Liebert iCOM shows a prompt to enter the password. The password for the User menu is 1490. The password for the Service menu is 5010. See 11.3.1 Entering a Password for entering password.

Service Menus The Service menu contains settings and features used to set up unit communication and for unit maintenance. Figure 55 below provides an overview of the menu. Figure 55 Service menu icons Service Menu password: 5010

Table 32

Service menu icons

Icon

Name

Description

°C / °F % RH SET

SET ALARMS

WELLNESS SERVICE

Setpoints To view and change temperature and humidity setpoints

Unit Diary Shows all entered program changes and maintenance performed on the unit.

NETWORK

+/System/Network Sensor Setup Calibration/ Allows setup and Setup Allows calibration U2U communication for multiple units of sensors

Maintenance / Standby Settings/ Wellness Settings Lead-Lag Allows setting Allows lead/lag maintenance setup when interval reminder, multiple units are maintenance connected message, number of unit starts and stops and time since last maintenance SET UP

Options Setup Allows setup of component operation

Set Alarms Diagnostics/ Service Mode Allows enable, disable and Allows settings for troubleshooting, alarms manual mode, read analog and digital inputs

RACK VIEW Rack Setup Label racks, establish settings for sensors

Service Contact Info Contains key contact information for local service, including names and phone numbers

Humidifier Settings Change Humidifier settings

NOTE Menu settings may be viewed without a password, but changing settings requires a password. If a password is required, the Liebert iCOM shows a prompt to enter the password. The password for the User menu is 1490. The password for the Service menu is 5010. For details on entering a password, see 11.3.1 Entering a Password. 83

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Advanced Menus Advanced menus contains factory settings that do not typically require changes in the field. Contact the factory with any questions about items in the Advanced menus.

11.1.2 Accessing Submenus To access the User, Service or Advanced menu, press the Enter or Down arrow key from the system view. The system view will be indicated in the upper left corner of the screen. See Figure 56. The unit view is indicated in the upper right corner of the screen. See Figure 55. The user will see the unit view in most cases. The control defaults to the unit view if power is cycled to the disconnect or the user escapes from a submenu (User, Service or Advanced). Pressing the Down arrow or Enter key from the unit view allows the user to enter the User menus. From the user menu, the Service and Advanced Menu can be accessed by pressing the Right arrow key. The menu name will be displayed on the upper right corner of the screen. Using the Left arrow key returns to the previous menu. Figure 56 System View screen Fan Speed Cooling Capacity Next Recommended Maintenance Date Summary of Rack Sensor Reading

Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms

Figure 57 Unit View screen Return Air Temperature and Humidity

Return Air Temperature and

Unit Being Viewed

Summary of Rack Sensor Reading Supply Temperature and Humidity

Fan Speed Cooling Capacity Next Recommended Maintenance Date

Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms

Liebert® CRV™

84

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 58 Main screens, User, Service and Advanced User Display

Service Display

Advanced Display

11.1.3 Submenus While viewing the menu you wish to access (User, Service or Advanced), press the Enter key to highlight the first icon. Use the arrow keys to navigate through the icons. Each icon is described in the lower portion of the screen to help navigate the control. With the desired icon highlighted, press the Enter key to enter that submenu. Once in a submenu, a list of parameters will be displayed. The menu tree for a networked large display shows the Liebert iCOM® control menus for a stand-alone large display and for a networked large display, respectively. The Up and Down arrow keys may be used to scroll through the parameters page-by-page if the submenu has ore than one page. To scroll item-by-item, press the Enter key and use the Up and Down arrow keys. If multiple units are connected in a Liebert iCOM U2U network, pressing the Right arrow key brings up information from other units within the group. The unit view is indicated in the upper right corner of the screen whenever a submenu is being viewed. Pressing the ESC key from a submenu will bring up the user menu. NOTE Settings are readable without a password, but changing settings requires a password.

85

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 59 Screen transition

ESC

USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

ESC

ESC

ESC

ESC

ESC

ESC

Liebert® CRV™

86

ESC

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 60 Menu tree—Stand-alone units or units not in a network Status Menu - System View

Status Menu - Unit View

User Menu Unit 1 Setpoints Spare Parts List Event Log Graphics View Network Set Alarms Sensor Data Active Alarms Display Setup Total Run Hours Service Contact Info Condenser Timer

Service Menu Unit 1 Setpoints Unit Diary Standby Settings/Lead-Lag Maintenance/Wellness Settings Diagnostics/Service Mode Set Alarms Sensor/Calibration Setup System Network Setup Options Setup Rack Setup Service Contact Info Humidifier Settings

87

Advanced Menu Unit 1 Compressor Info MBV Settings Change Passwords Runtime Monitoring Event Override Global Condenser

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.1.4 Viewing Multiple Units with a Networked Large Display When you first wake up the control, the unit view is display, as indicated by the unit name in the upper right corner. Pressing the Up arrow from any of the unit view displays the system view (Figure 61). The system view shows items such as average call for cooling and space temperatures of all the connected units in the U2U group. To view a specific unit on the network from the system view, press either the Enter key, ESC key or Down arrow key. When this is done, the word System appears in the top left of the screen. The Left and Right arrow keys toggles through the various units on the network. To go back to the System view from any unit view, press the Up arrow Figure 61 Liebert CRV system screen

Fan Speed Cooling Capacity Next Recommended Maintenance Date Summary of Rack Sensor Reading

Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms

SYSTEM MENU

Unit Name

Return Air Temperature and Humidity

Summary of Rack Sensor Reading Cooling Capacity Fan Speed

Supply Temperature and Humidity

Next Recommended Maintenance Date Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms

MAIN MENU

Liebert® CRV™

88

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 62 Menu tree—Liebert CRV’s in a network Status Menu - System View

Status Menu - Unit View

Status Menu - Unit View

Unit 1

Units 2, 3, ...

User Menu Unit 1

User Menu Unit 1

Advanced Menu Unit 1

Password Setpoints Spare Parts List Event Log Graphics View Network Set Alarms Sensor Data Active Alarms Display Setup Total Run Hours Service Contact Info Condenser Timer

Password Setpoints Unit Diary Standby Settings/Lead-Lag Maintenance/Wellness Settings Diagnostics/Service Mode Set Alarms Sensor/Calibration/Setup System/Network Setup Options Setup Rack Setup Service Contact Info Humidifier Settings

Password Compressor Info MBV Settings Change Passwords Runtime Monitoring Event Override Global Condenser

89

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.2

Liebert iCOM Display Readout The Liebert iCOM for the Liebert CRV supports multiple unit screen layouts. These screen layouts are configured on line U408 of the user menus, Display Setup icon.

Figure 63 Display user menu - Display setup

USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

U408 Screen selections include: • • • • •

Unit View (factory default) Graphical Rack View [GDR View] Rack View CRV Simple CRV Graphical

The screens are a graphical representation of the Liebert CRV, selectable to show unit operation with or without rack sensors, unit operation with a rack sensor summary, historical temperature and humidity trending. The Liebert CRV display will always revert to the Unit Screen. The following screens selections are for user preference. The rack view should be used only when remote rack sensors are connected. The System screen can be accessed by pressing the Up arrow key when the Unit screen is displayed. The System screen shows the fan speed and cooling capacity averages of all connected units. The Supply, Return and Remote Rack sensors of all connected units are also displayed showing the average, maximum and minimum of all connected sensors.

Liebert® CRV™

90

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 64 Liebert iCOM menu components for Liebert CRV Return Air Temperature and Humidity Summary of Rack Sensor Reading Supply Temperature and Humidity

Fan Speed Cooling Capacity Next Recommended Maintenance Date

Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms

UNIT VIEW (Default)

Historical Supply Air Temperature Graph Historical Supply Air Humidity Graph

GDR VIEW

Humidification

Individual Rack Sensor Temperatures. Graphs are empty at 68°F (20°C) and full at 77°F (25°C).

RACK VIEW

91

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 65 Liebert iCOM® menu components for Liebert CRV

Supply Air Temperature and Humidity Fan Speed

Next Recommended Maintenance Date

Cooling Capacity Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms SIMPLE DISPLAY

Supply Temperature and Humidity Fan Speed Cooling Capacity Next Recommended Maintenance Date Last Two Events, Warnings or Alarms GRAPHICAL DISPLAY

Liebert® CRV™

92

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.3

Liebert CRV Operation—Liebert iCOM Control The Liebert iCOM on the Liebert CRV leaves the factory with the fan speed and cooling capacity controlled by the supply air sensor. This control mode ensures that that the Liebert CRV is delivering precise cooling to the cold aisle. Installing the remote rack sensors allows the fan speed and the cooling capacity to be decoupled. This means that the fan speed can be controlled independently of the cooling capacity. In this configuration, the Liebert CRV can control the discharge temperature of the unit by modulating cooling capacity based on the supply sensor and use the remote rack sensors to ensure that cool air is being delivered to the racks’ inlet. Using the supply and remote rack sensors in this decoupled mode is the preferred method for controlling the Liebert CRV in a hot / cold aisle configuration. In addition to this configuration, Emerson has provided additional flexibility for other applications shown in Table 33. In the Setpoint screen, the controlling temperature sensor (S102) can be set to either Supply, Return or Remote. As the selection is changed from one sensor to another, the setpoint is displayed next to the corresponding sensor on the illustration, showing the sensors placement in relation to the Liebert CRV.

Figure 66 Service Menu - Setpoint screen

A password must be entered to change the setting.

93

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.3.1 Entering a Password Changing the value of a parameter in a menu requires the password for that menu. Each menu— User, Service and Advanced—has a unique password to prevent unauthorized changes. The User menu password is 1490; the Service menu password is 5010. NOTE Entering the Service menu password permits access to both the User and Service menus; changes can then be made to parameters in either level. To enter a password: 1. Navigate to the menu that contains the parameter to be changed. 2. Select Password in the submenu by pressing the Enter key 3. Press the Enter key to move your cursor to the right side of the screen to select the question marks. 4. Use the arrow keys to enter the numeral for the password's first digit (the Up arrow key moves from 1 to the next digit). 5. Use the Right arrow key to move to the next question mark and repeat using the arrow keys to enter the numerals in the password. 6. After entering the password, press Enter. If the password is correct, the Actual Level, shown to the right of Password, will change from 0 to 1 or 2. The menu will remain locked at Level 0 if the password was incorrect. NOTE Returning to the Status menu will require re-entering a password to make changes. Temperature and fan control sensor settings are based on user preference. The temperature and fan control settings are made in the Service Menus, Setpoints (refer to Figure 63). Use Table 33 and the steps below as a guideline. Table 33

Controlling sensor settings S103 Temperature Control Sensor

S125 Fan Control Sensor

Supply

Remote Sensor

Return

Supply

Factory Default (Coupled)

N/A

N/A

Remote Sensor

Recommended (Decoupled)

(Coupled)

N/A

Return

(Decoupled)

(Decoupled)

(Coupled)

1. Set S103 Temperature Control Sensor to the desired sensor type. 2. Set S125 Fan Control Sensor to the desired sensor type. 3. Set the humidity setpoint to 45% with a 10 to 20% deadband. This will control the moisture content well inside the AHSRAE standard. 4. Set S102 Temperature Setpoint to the desired value. 5. Adjust S125 Fan Delta as needed. If the control is running in coupled mode, per Table 33, S125 will be masked out. This is because the fan and temperature settings are the same and both will be controlled by S102. If the unit is operating in a decoupled mode, S125 is used to establish the fan setpoint. The fan delta works like this: (S102 Temperature Setpoint) + (S125 Fan Delta) = Fan Control Setpoint. The fan control setpoint can be viewed in the User menus, Sensor Data, line U303.

Liebert® CRV™

94

Liebert iCOM® Control

Supply Control If 75°F (24°C) server entering air temperature is desired at the rack inlet, the supply air must be colder to account for any thermal pickup of the air as it flows to the cold aisle. If this does not achieve the cold aisle temperature setpoint, then set the supply sensor setpoint lower. Continue adjusting the supply sensor until the cold aisle temperature setpoint is achieved. The supply temperature setpoint may require adjustment because it will be dependent on the distance of the Liebert CRV to the racks being cooled. This temperature will also be dependent on rack blanking panels, server population and whether the racks are in a containment system. Controlling sensor settings shows the flexibility of the Liebert CRV and how the different sensor configurations can be used to control the Liebert CRV fan speed and cooling capacity. See Table 33 for more information on the different coupled and decoupled modes available with the Liebert CRV.

11.3.2 Cooling The cooling control of the Liebert CRV can be managed from any of the temperature sensors. See Table 33 for applicable control sensor combinations. The Liebert CRV controls cooling output by monitoring a temperature control sensor, set on line S103, compared to the user programmed temperature setpoint on either line U202 or S202. The degree of cooling is determined by the temperature control band. The temperature control band is established using the following formula and control lines: (S102 Temperature Setpoint) + (1/2(S105 Temperature Deadband) + (S106 Temperature Control Band)

As the temperature sensed by the temperature control sensor deviates from the setpoint on the control band, cooling is staged On. S107 Cooling integration time works with the cooling control band to maintain tight temperature control. Figure 67 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Cooling

Emerson recommends using the supply temperature sensor to control the cooling capacity of the Liebert CRV. The supply temperature is an accurate representation of the actual heat rejection the Liebert CRV needs to perform at an optimal level. A chilled water Liebert CRV will modulate the cooling capacity from 0% - 100% and the DX version of the Liebert CRV will modulate the cooling capacity of the unit from 10% -100% compressor capacity. To avoid short-cycling the compressor during room heat load changes, the Liebert CRV will not deactivate the compressor until the air temperature is below 150% of temperature control band.

95

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.3.3 Fan Speed The heating control is active only when the unit is in dehumidification mode. The reheats will begin activation when the control temperature has dropped to -66% of the control’s proportional band and will deactivate when the temperature setpoint has been reached. The heating proportional band is established using the following formula and control lines: S102 Temperature Setpoint + (1/2 * S105 Temperature Deadband) + S108 Heating Proportional Band = heating control band.

S109 Heating integration time works with the heating control band to stage reheat and maintain tight temperature control. The items that make up the heating control band can be viewed and adjusted in the Service menus, Setpoints. Figure 68 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Fan Speed

11.3.4 Air Flow The Liebert CRV's airflow can be controlled manually or dynamically by temperature sensors. Manual Fan Control: Cooling off supply, remote, or return sensor are permitted in manual fan speed control. Manual control of the Liebert CRV’s fan speed can be achieve in two ways: • Manually setting the fixed speed at the local display OR • Remote monitoring To control the fan manually using either method, locate Service menus, Setpoints, line S124 Fan Control Type. The factory default is Auto with an alternative selection of Manual. S124 must be set as Manual before a manual fan setpoint point can be programmed. With the fan control type set for Manual, the fan speed may be set from 50% to 100% at the local display using S130 Fan Speed Manual Setpoint. A Liebert IntelliSlot® card or other Liebert site monitoring integration is required for remote fan control.Visit www.Liebert.com for more information about Liebert monitoring products. A list of monitoring points is available in document SL-28170 (Liebert IntelliSlot® Modbus 485, Modbus IP and BACnet IP). This document can also be obtained by visiting www.Liebert.com Figure 69 Service Menu Setpoint screen for Airflow

Liebert® CRV™

96

Liebert iCOM® Control

Temperature Sensor Control: Fan temperature control uses the factory-equipped return, supply or remote sensors. See Table 33 for applicable control sensor combinations. When operating the fan in coupled mode, the fan speed follows the call for cooling to reach the temperature setpoint. When the fans are operating in a decoupled mode, the fans are ramped following the fan control band to achieve the fan setpoint. The fan setpoint is a calculated value found on line U303 of the User menus, Sensor Data. U303 is established by lines located in Service menus, Setpoints. Here (S102 Temperature Setpoint) + (S125 Fan Delta) = Fan control setpoint. As the temperature sensed at the fan control sensor (S125) deviates from setpoint (U303), the fan modulates between 50 and 100% according to the fan control band. Fan speed increases as the temperature deviates further from setpoint. The inverse happens as the controlled temperature gets closer to setpoint. The fan control band is established by using the following formula and control lines: (U303 Fan Setpoint) + (S128 Fan Control Band)

S129 Fan speed integration time works with the fan control band to slowly speed or slow down the fan to maintain tight fan control. Emerson recommends controlling the fan speed using the remote rack temperature sensors. The remote rack sensors are an accurate representation of the delivery of the Liebert CRV’s discharge air and help ensure that cold aisle temperature is maintained. The Liebert iCOM will ramp fan speed to 100% during a call for reheat or humidification. On DX models of the Liebert CRV, a unique freeze protection algorithm will increase fan speed if the compressor pressure gets too low. This feature increases system reliability and helps to provide partial cooling if a low side refrigerant issue occurs. In a single fan fails, the Liebert CRV will ramp the remaining operating fan to 110% of its rated output to compensate for the loss of airflow. In addition, an alarm will report which fan failed.

11.3.5 Humidification The Liebert CRV’s humidification is activated when the measured temperature and humidity sensor has been calculated to exceed the corresponding dew point setpoint. The dew point setpoint is calculated based on the temperature and humidity of the sensor set to control the control setpoint and relative humidity. Figure 70 Service menu setpoint screen for humidification

Example: Temperature Setpoint 72°F / Humidity Setpoint 50% = 52°F Dew Point NOTE The Liebert iCOM control monitors the condition of the air discharging from the unit to protect neighboring electronic equipment. Liebert iCOM will prevent the humidifier from activating if the discharge air is near its saturation point. This protects against discharging fog from the unit or condensation forming on the unit’s supply air baffles. This protection mode is activated when the supply sensor reading is below 53°F (11.7°C) or above 55% relative humidity. When this condition is met, a message will display showing “humidifier” suspended. The status of the humidifier lockout can be viewed in the Service/Diagnostics menu. These protections do not apply to the external humidifier output.

97

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.4

Liebert iCOM User Menu Screens User menus report general cooling unit operations and status. The user menu password is 1490. To review the full User Menu, refer to Figure 54. The User menu parameter tables in this document may differ from the display on some cooling units. The Liebert iCOM functions with several Liebert Thermal Management units, each with its own set of controls. In addition, the Liebert iCOM firmware is being updated constantly. As a result, the User menu parameter tables in this manual may differ from the display on a cooling unit. Check www.liebert.com for the latest Liebert iCOM user manual updates.

Setpoints Parameters Figure 71 User Menus-Setpoints parameters screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

U102 Controlling Sensor—Allows the user to select which sensor will be used to determine the amount of cooling needed. This parameter can select only a single sensor for both the temperature and fan speed control. Use the Service / Setpoints menu to decouple the operation of fan speed to the remote sensors and the cooling capacity to the supply sensor. U103 Temperature Setpoint—Allows selecting a temperature that the cooling unit will maintain by applying cooling and or reheats. U104 Humidity Setpoint—Allows selecting a humidity that the cooling unit will maintain by removing or adding moisture to the air.

Spare Parts List Spare Parts—The spare parts lists contains a detailed description and part number that can be used to order parts for the unit. These part numbers are specific to each model and option installed on the unit.

Liebert® CRV™

98

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 72 User menus—Spare Parts screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

SET ALARMS

12 6

3

1234 h

For more information regarding parts or part ordering, please call Liebert’s national parts help desk at (800) 543-2778.

Event Log Event Log—The event log displays all events and actions that have been generated by the unit. When multiple units are networked the event log shows results for the whole system. Each event shows the unit that generated the alarm, time and date stamp, a description and the event type Figure 73 User menus-Event log screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

The event log contains the last 400 events generated by the unit. Events include such occurrences as unit On/Off commands, alarms, warnings and messages. The event log has two views, a system view and a unit view. When the event log is first entered, the system view is displayed. The system view shows a list of events that have occurred at the unit and other units if configured in a U2U network. Pressing the Right arrow while viewing the event log for the system view allows the user to see unit-specific events. The unit name and number will appear in the upper right corner for the unit selected. Each event shows the unit that generated the alarm, time and date stamp, a description and the event type. As new events are stored in the log, older events are pushed further down the list. Once the event log reaches 400 events, the oldest events are erased as new events are stored.

99

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

View Network View Network—The view network screen provides an overview of the Liebert iCOM® network and a status of each unit. This screen will provide the unit’s name. If no name is given, only the unit number will be displayed. Figure 74 User menus-Network screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

Sensor Data Figure 75 User menus-Sensor data parameters screen

USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

Sensor Data: Chilled Water Models

Liebert® CRV™

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

Sensor Data: DX Models

100

Liebert iCOM® Control

U301 Temperature Setpoint—Shows the cooling setpoint, which is the setpoint used to drive the cooling capacity. This parameter will automatically change based on which sensor is used for control (Return, Supply or Remote sensor). U302 Actual Control Temperature—The temperature reading of the actual sensor that is referenced to U301. This parameter automatically changes based on the control sensor setting. U303 Fan Setpoint—Defines the fan speed setpoint. This value is not shown when a single sensor (Coupled Mode) is used to control cooling capacity and fan speed. See Figure 57. Sensor Data for the Chilled water is set for coupled and the Fan Setpoint is not shown. When the fan control sensor is decoupled from the temperature control sensor, the parameter is calculated by adding the temperature setpoint and the fan speed delta in the Service / Setpoints menu. U304 Actual Fan Control Temp—The temperature reading of the actual sensor that is referenced to U303. This parameter automatically changes based on the control sensor settings (Auto or De-coupled). U305 Humidity Setpoint—Allows selecting a humidity that the cooling unit will maintain by removing or adding moisture to the air. This parameter is adjustable from 20-55%. The default setting is 45%. U306 Actual Return Humidity—The return relative humidity reading of the return sensor. U307 Actual Supply Humidity—The calculated relative humidity of the supply sensor based on the actual return humidity reading. This value is calculated by using a reverse look up algorithm based on dew point. U308 Actual CW Temperature—The actual chilled water supply temperature being delivered to the unit. U309 DigiScroll 1 Temperature—When digital scroll compressors are installed in the unit, then the actual digital scroll number 1 head temperature will be shown.

Active Alarms Active Alarms—Permits viewing all current, active alarms. Figure 76 User menus—Sensor data parameters screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

101

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Display Setup Figure 77 User menus—Display setup parameters screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

U401 Language—Sets the language on the display. When this parameter is changed, all menu parameters will be converted to the selected language. U402 Date—Sets the internal date of the unit. If this unit is connected to other units with the unit-to-unit network connection. All units will reflect the last date set. U403 Time—Sets the internal time of the unit. If this unit is connected to other units with the unit-to-unit network connection. All units will reflect the last time set. U404 Temperature Indication—Selects the actual and setpoint temperature indication. Selecting C will set the unit to display in Celsius; selecting F will set the unit to display in Fahrenheit. U405 Display Contrast—Sets the contrast of the display to adjust for different viewing angles, low light and bright light conditions. As the display ages the contrast may need to be adjusted for better viewing clarity. U406 Buzzer Frequency—Sets the audible noise frequency of the built-in buzzer. When adjusting the buzzer frequency the buzzer will sound allowing you to select a frequency that is easily detected when an alarm occurs. U407 Backlite Off After—Controls the length of time that the backlight remains active when the control is unused. When the buttons on the front display have not been pressed for the time selected in this parameter the backlight will turn Off, extending the life of the display and saving energy. U408 Screen—Multiple screen layouts exist for the Liebert CRV, including Rack View and Trends to be monitoring on the main display. Views include a Unit View with or Without Sensors, Rack View and Graphical Data Record View. U409 Display Colors—Selects the background color. Inverted sets the display to show white text with blue background and Normal sets a white background with blue text. U410 Date Format—Changes the month, day and year arrangement shown on the front display and on event time stamps.

Total Run Hours Each parameter shows the actual hours the component has operated and the maximum time the component can operate before the next maintenance.

Liebert® CRV™

102

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 78 User menus—Total run hours parameters screen USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

User-Condenser Timer Menu Screens This menu is applicable to Liebert CRV DX units coupled to a Liebert MC outdoor condenser connected through CANbus communication. Figure 79 User menus—Condenser timer screen-page 1 USER MENUS °C / °F % RH SET

EVENT LOG

! ACTIVE ALARMS

9

SET

12 6

SET ALARMS

3

1234 h

U802 Low Noise Timer Enabled—Sets the low noise operations of the condenser fan. When the parameter is set to YES, the low noise operation is selected. When set to NO, the low noise will be disabled even if a schedule is set below. U803 Noise Reduction On—Lists the day(s) that the low noise feature can be scheduled if U802 is set to YES. NOTE The low noise feature will be overridden if a high pressure condition occurs. This is a safeguard to ensure optimal control of the conditioned space. U804 Whole Days—Selects the whole day(s) low noise operations will be available for the condenser fan. When the parameter is set to YES, the low noise operation is selected for the whole day. When set to NO the low noise will be disabled. NOTE Coordinate fan reversal time and date with unit Off conditions where applicable. If the compressor is in operation and/or the fan is in a low noise operation, the request to reverse the fans will be ignored. This is intended to prevent high-pressure condition. 103

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

U805 interval Days—Selects the interval day(s) low noise operations will be available for the condenser fan. When the parameter is set to YES the low noise operation is selected. When set to NO the low noise will be disabled even if an interval time is set below. U806 Interval From—Selects the time of day that the low noise feature will be enabled between 00:00 and 24:00. U807 Operating Mode (0=LN, 100=HE)—The first value represents the fan speed during low noise operation. The second value represents the fan speed during normal or high efficiency operation. The first value is linked to U818 and the second to U819. An example of low noise programming and how the lines function together is provided on page 105. The selectable ranges for LN and HE is 0-100%. Also, a read-only column is available to show the status of the low noise selection. The status will be shown as: • 0 = Inactive • 1 = Active-Interval • 2 = Active-Whole Day Figure 80 User menus—Condenser timer screen-page 2

U814 Fan Reversal Every x Days—Selection defines the numbers of days between fan reversals. This parameter is adjustable from 1-100 days. The default set value is 0 days = OFF. NOTE If the compressor is in operation and/or the fan is in a low noise operation the request to reverse the fans will be ignored. Fan reversal will resume when the next reversal time request is made. This is safeguard to prevent a high pressure condition. Coordinate fan reversal time and date with unit off conditions where applicable. U815 Reverse Fan At:—Defines what time the fan reversal will be performed in 00:00 to 24:00. U816 Reversal Duration—Defines the length of time the fan(s) will be operated in reverse. This parameter is adjustable from 0-999 seconds. The default set value is 60 seconds. U817 Reverse Fans Now—Performs a rotation when parameter is set to YES. When selection is set to YES, the parameter will automatically change back to NO when the timer, U816, has elapsed. NOTE If the compressor is in operation and/or the fan is in a low noise operation the request to reverse the fans will be ignored. When the conditions above are met to reverse the fans the control will perform a reversal. U818 Max Speed at OpMode 0 (Low Noise)—This line is linked to U807 0=LN column and defines the maximum speed during Low Noise operation. U819 Max Speed at OpMode 100 (High Efficiency)—This line is linked to U807 100=HE column and defines the maximum speed during normal or High Efficiency operation.

Liebert® CRV™

104

Liebert iCOM® Control

Example: The customer does not want fan speed to exceed 35% of the maximum speed at night. U807 would be set for 0% / 100% U818 = 35% (Max fan speed low noise) U819 = 100% (Max fan speed during normal operation) The settings above result in a 35% maximum speed when the timer is active (eg., a night) and have the ability to run between 0 and 100% maximum speed of when the timer is inactive (normal operation, during daytime). U820 Current Max Speed—Shows the status of the actual maximum fan speed.

11.5

Liebert iCOM Service Menu Screens Service menus allow customized settings for site operations. The password for service menu parameters is 5010. The Liebert iCOM firmware is being updated constantly. As a result, the Service menu parameter in this manual may be different than what is shown on a cooling unit’s display. Check www.liebert.com for the latest Liebert iCOM user manual updates.

Figure 81 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 1

S102 Temperature Setpoint—Selects a temperature that the cooling unit will maintain by applying cooling and or reheats. This parameter is adjustable from 45-104°F (7.2-40°C). The factory default setting is 68°F (20.0°C). S103 Temperature Control Sensor—Designates which sensor will drive the compressor capacity. • Settings: • Supply Sensor • Remote Sensor • Return Sensor If S103 and S125 are set to equal values, this is called coupled. In that case, compressor capacity and fanspeed work in parallel (based on one control output), driven by the same control parameters. If S103 and S125 are set to different values, this is called decoupled. In that case, the compressor capacity and the fanspeed work on different control circuits, each with its own control parameters and control outputs. S104 Temperature Control Type—Selects the type of control the system will use to activate cooling, heating, humidification and dehumidification. A detailed description of each control type can be found in Supply Control on page 95.

105

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

S105 Temperature Deadband—This parameter can be set to avoid overshooting of the setpoint and cycling between the reheats and cooling. The value entered into this field will be split in half by the temperature setpoint. Example: If the temperature setpoint is 70°F (21.1°C) and a 4°F (2.2°C) deadband is set, then no cooling will be activated until 72°F (22.2°C) and no heating will be activated until 68°F (20°C) is reached. S106 Cooling Proportional Band—Adjusts the activation points of compressor or chilled water valve. The cooling proportional band adjusted the rate of change based on the actual sensor value’s deviation from setpoint. The smaller this number, the faster the compressor valve will increase capacity. Too small of a number may cause the unit to short cycle the compressor or excessively reposition the valve. S107 Cooling Integration—Cooling integration takes into consideration the time the actual temperature has deviated from the setpoint. The longer this deviation exists, the more corrective action the unit will use to achieve the setpoint. Figure 82 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 2

S113 Humidity Setpoint—Selects a humidity that the cooling unit will maintain by removing or adding moisture to the air. This parameter is adjustable from 20-55%. The factory default setting from the factory is 45%. This setting is automatically updated when S103 Controlling Sensor is changed. • IF _S103 (TempSensTy) == 0 (Supply) THEN set = 45% • IF _S103 (TempSensTy) == 1 (Remote) THEN set = 45% • IF _S103 (TempSensTy) == 2 (Return) THEN set = 25% S114 Humidity Control Type—Selects the humidity control calculation. It can be set to “Proportional” or “PI” (proportional/integral) only. The Liebert CRV assumes the current humidity at the control sensor by calculating the return air dew point, and then taking the temperature setpoint of the selected cooling sensor (S103) as a reference to recalculate the humidity. S115 Humidity Deadband—This parameter can be set to avoid overshooting of the setpoint and cycling between humidification and dehumidification. The value in this field will be split in half by the temperature setpoint. Example: If the humidity setpoint is 50% and a 4% deadband is set, then no humidity control will be activated between 48% and 52%. S116 Humidity Proportional Band—Adjusts (1- 25%) the activation points of the humidifier and compressors based on the actual sensor values deviation from setpoint. The lower this value the faster the compressors and humidifier will increase capacity. A value that is too small may cause the unit to short cycle or overshoot setpoint. S117 Humidity Integration Time—Adjusts the capacity of the unit based on time away from setpoint (0 - 25 minutes) so that accurate humidity control can be maintained. This parameter is active only when Control Type is set to “PI.” S118 Dehum Proportional Band—Adjusts the activation points of dehumidification based on the actual sensor values deviation from setpoint. The lower this number the faster the compressors and humidifier will increase capacity. A value that is too small may cause the unit to short cycle or overshoot its setpoint.

Liebert® CRV™

106

Liebert iCOM® Control

S119 Dehum Integration Time—Adjusts the capacity of the unit based on time away from setpoint (0 - 25 minutes) so that accurate humidity control can be maintained. This parameter is active only when the control type is set to “PI.” S120 Dehum/Heat Low Limit 1—Sets the temperature at which the compressor will be deactivated for dehumidification control. Example: If Low Limit 1 is set to 4°F (2.2°C) and the temperature setpoint is 70°F (21.1°C), then dehumidification will turn Off at 66°F (18.8°C). S121 Low Limit 1 Reset—The Low Limit is reset - when set to 2.0K, dehum will be allowed to restart at 20.8°C (18.8 + 2, using the example in the manual). This parameter controls when the temperature has increased enough to re-enable dehumidification. Figure 83 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 3

S124 Fan Control Type—Sets how the fan speed will be controlled. Setting this parameter to Auto mode=0 will allow the Liebert CRV to drive the fan based on the temperature sensor selected for sensor control type. Setting this parameter to Manual mode=1 allows the Liebert CRV to be set to a fixed fan speed either through the local display or through a building management system. S125 Fan Control Sensor—Selects which sensor will drive the Liebert CRV fans when set to Auto mode for the fan control type [0 = Supply Sensor, 1 = Remote Sensor or 2 = Return Sensor]. S126 Fan Regulation Type—Sets the fans’ control type. It can be set to 0 = Proportional control, which will modulate the fans linearly based on the deviation from the setpoint. Also it can set to 1=Proportional integral control, which is also available and works in the same manner as the temperature control integral term. S127 Fan Delta—Sets the fanspeed setpoint. The delta accounts for the temperature rise from the Supply Air Sensor and the Remote Rack sensors by adding the Fan Delta to the Temperature Setpoint (S102). This eliminates the possibility of setting the remote rack temperature setpoint lower than the supply temperature setpoint. S128 Fan Speed Proportional Band—Adjusts the fans rate of change based on the actual sensor values deviation from setpoint or the delta. The smaller this number the faster the fan will increase its speed. Too small of a number may cause the fans to excessively reposition. Note that the Fanspeed Speed Proportional Band parameter can be set to Auto and decoupled. S129 Fan Speed Integration—Adjusts the fanspeed of the unit based on time away from setpoint. The setting is applied only to decoupled modes (refer to Table 33). NOTE The fanspeed settings S126 to S129 apply only to decoupled modes. When coupled, all values disappear and have no effect. S130 Fan Speed Manual Setpoint—Sets the speed of the fans when the unit is placed into Manual Fan Speed Control mode [0-100%]. S131 Fan Speed STD—Sets the maximum fan speed of the unit under normal operating circumstances (0-100%). S132 Fan Speed Min—Sets the lowest fan speed operation of the unit [0-100%]. S133 Fan Speed Dehum—Sets the fan speed the unit will operate at during a call for dehumidification (0-100%). The fan speed will position to the highest requirement. If the call for fan speed from the remote rack sensor is requesting more air volume than the Dehum fan speed, then the fans will run at the remote sensor’s fan speed request.

107

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 84 Service menus—Setpoints parameters screen - Page 4

S135 MIN at CFC for EC Fan—Provides an offset to the minimum fan speed at the minimum call for cooling. When set to 0 / 100 the MIN speed is reached when the call for fan is at 0%; the STD speed is reached when the call for fan reaches 100%. For example, if the minimum is set to 20 and the standard is set to 90, the fan speed MIN is reached earlier (the fan operates on lower speed compared to the calculated call for fan), and the STD speed is reached faster when compared to the calculated call for fan. S136 STD at CFC for EC Fan—Provides an offset to the minimum fan speed at the minimum call for cooling. When set to 0 / 100, the MIN speed is reached when the call for fan is at 0%; the STD speed is reached when the call for fan reaches 100%. S137 High Temp Limit Approach—Sets the sensor that controls the fan speed maximum override. This can be set to 0 = Disabled, 1 = Supply Sensor and 2 = Return Sensor. NOTE The Liebert CRV fans are oversized and can be used to help protect equipment in emergency situations, such as high temperature and a single fan failure. S138 High Temp Limit Approach at—Sets the temperature (0 - 10°F) when the units fan speed can operate above the maximum speed. Defines a temperature differential below the High Supply or Return Temp Limit where the fan speed would increase from Fanspeed Setpoint STD to Fanspeed MAX, which is defined on _A146 Analog Out 1 High Limit. S144 Ball Valve Setpoint Offset—Adjusts the operating compressor discharge pressure (0 - 70 psi [0.0 - 4.8 bar]) by changing the targeted range of control. Unit Diary—Shows program changes and maintenance performed on the unit.The Unit Diary serves as a note pad, where information can be added by an Emerson Network Power® Liebert Services technician.

Liebert® CRV™

108

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.6

Service-Standby Settings Menu Screen

Figure 85 Service menus—Standby settings / lead-lag parameters screen

S502 Number of Standby Units—Selects the number of units that will be in Standby mode. When a unit is in standby mode, the fan will be Off and no cooling will be provided. S503 Rotation Frequency—Controls when a rotation will occur between the standby units and the operating units within a network. S504 Rotate at (hour)—Sets the hour of the rotation. S504 Rotate at (minute)—Sets the minute of the rotation. S505 Rotate by—Determines the number of positions to rotate by. Example: If there are six units in a unit-to-unit network and Units 1, 3 and 5 are in standby and this parameter is set to 1 at the next rotation, units 2, 4,and 6 will be placed in standby and units 1, 3 and 5 will begin operating. S506 Perform one Rotation—Manually forces a single rotation between units. S515 Cascade Units—Allows standby units to activate if the active units are unable to maintain the room temperature. If Yes is selected, the cascade units can perform all functions when activated from standby. This parameter can also be set for Cooling Only or Cool / Heat only. Start all Standby Units by HT—Activates all units to cool when a High Temperature alarm occurs. See Parameters for Next Maintenance Calculation on page 110 and 11.8 Service— Diagnostics Menu Screens for details on these menus.

109

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.7

Service—Wellness Menu Screens The next maintenance calculation, will help keep the cooling unit running at peak performance to ensure minimum component stress and maximum reliability. If the unit includes any of the following components, they are included in the calculation: • • • •

Fan(s) Compressor 1 Electric Heaters Humidifier

For each component, the next maintenance will be calculated from the following parameters: • • • • • • • •

Standard service interval (1, 2 or 4 times a year) (to be set) Working hours (counted) Number of starts (counted) Average running time (calculated) Optimum number of starts per hour (to be set) Maximum number of starts per hour (to be set) Maximum bonus to enlarge time to next maintenance (to be set) Maximum penalty to reduce time to next maintenance (to be set)

11.7.1 Calculating Unit Wellness The Liebert iCOM keeps tabs on the condition of a cooling unit, determining its condition and projecting when service will be needed for the entire unit as well as for individual components. This assists in scheduling maintenance calls and helps pinpoint components likely to require service. Liebert iCOM displays a graphic for needed maintenance. It begins with the standard maintenance interval—12 months, six months or three months—and adjusts that based on its calculation of components’ condition. To calculate a unit’s condition, the Liebert iCOM keeps a running total of component working hours and the number of times it has been started. Liebert iCOM relates that data to the optimum/maximum starts per hour. Accordingly, Liebert iCOM will increase or decrease the time before the next service call will be needed. The more frequently a component starts, the sooner it is likely to need maintenance. If, for example, a unit’s fan runs continuously but it’s compressor starts and stops often, Liebert iCOM records that and calls for maintenance based on the compressor’s wellness factor. Alarms and warnings, such as clogged filters or high or low pressure, reduce the time until the next maintenance to zero. If the alarm is cleared and reset, Liebert iCOM recalculates the unit’s condition. It begins with the pre-alarm maintenance time and factors in the alarm.

Parameters for Next Maintenance Calculation General Maintenance Settings • Maintenance Frequency—Can be set as one to 12 months or to zero, which disables maintenance calculation • Maximum Bonus—Increases the time to next maintenance with the set value, if all components run optimally (number of starts, average running time) • Maximum Penalty value—Decreases the time to next maintenance with the set value, if some components run in non-optimum way (number of starts, average running time) • Last Maintenance—Date can be set from service-engineer; informational • Service-Engineer—Name of the service engineer; editable • Reset—Puts all counters of all components, such as (motor, compressors, heaters and humidifier), at zero and starts a new maintenance calculation (reset to be done after maintenance)

Liebert® CRV™

110

Liebert iCOM® Control

Fans / Heaters / Humidifier Settings • Number of starts and working hours are counted separately since the last maintenance. Total working hours can be read in the standard working hours window (customer window). • Average Working Hours is the calculation resulting from starts and working hours. • Starts per Day Optimum is the number of starts considered optimum. • Starts per Day Worst is the number of starts considered hunting (worst case). • Number of Alarms counts the alarms between two service intervals. • Actual Bonus is calculated from number of starts and average working time. Can be positive (bonus) or negative (penalty). This value influences the time remaining to the next maintenance. Compressor 1 Settings • Number of starts and working hours are individually counted since the last maintenance. Total working hours can be read in the standard working hours window (customer window). • Average Working Hours is the calculation resulting from starts and working hours. • Starts per Day Optimum is the number of starts considered as optimum. • Starts per Day Worst is the number of starts considered as hunting (worst case). • Number of HP Alarms counts the high-pressure alarms between two service intervals. • Number of LP Alarms counts the low-pressure alarms between two service intervals. • Number of TH Alarms counts the thermal protection alarms between two service intervals. • Actual Bonus is calculated from number of starts and average working time. Can be positive (bonus) or negative (penalty). This value influences the time remaining to the next maintenance. Figure 86 Service menus—Wellness basic settings screen - Page 1

S002 Maintenance Frequency Per Year—Sets the number of expected maintenance visits in a year. S003 Max Bonus—Increases the time until the next maintenance cycle. A bonus should be assigned when a service visit finds that all components are working optimally. S004 Max Penalty—Decreases the time until the next maintenance cycle. A penalty should be used when a service visit finds excessive wear on components. S005 Last Maintenance—Set during a service call. It also shows other service personnel the date of the last visit. S006 Service Engineer—Provides a label for the service representative to list either the company name or representative’s name. S007 Confirm PM—Confirms that the service representative has completed the preventive maintenance and sets the next maintenance date. S008 Calculated Next Maintenance—Provides a date to when the next expected maintenance should take place based on the last confirmed preventive maintenance, component starts, run hours and the penalty / bonus currently set in the Liebert iCOM control. 111

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 87 Service menus—Wellness motor settings parameters screen - Page 2

S013 Number of Starts—Shows the number of starts for the unit’s fans. S014 Run Hours—Shows the number of run hours for the unit’s fan. S015 Average Run Time—Displays the average run time of the unit’s fan. S016 Starts per Day Best—Displays the lowest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S017 Starts per Day Worst—Displays the highest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S018 Number of Alarms—Displays the number of alarms that have occurred with the unit’s fans. S019 Actual Bonus—Displays the actual calculation of wellness for the unit’s fans. The unit will always take the value from the worst component for the next maintenance indication. Figure 88 Service menus—Wellness compressor 1 settings parameters screen - Page 3

S024 Number of Starts—Shows the number of starts for the unit’s compressor. S025 Run Hours—Shows the number of run hours for the unit’s compressor. S026 Average Run Time—Displays the average run time of the unit’s compressor. S027 Starts per Day Best—Displays the lowest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S028 Starts per Day Worst—Displays the highest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S029 Number of HP Alarms—Displays the number of high pressure alarms that have occurred with the unit’s compressor. S030 Number of LP Alarms—Displays the number of low pressure alarms that have occurred with the unit's compressor. S031 Number of OL Alarms—Displays the number of overload alarms that have occurred with the unit's compressor. S032 Number of DS HT Alarms—Displays the number of Digital Scroll High Temperature alarms that have occurred with the unit's compressor. S033 Actual Bonus—Displays the actual calculation of wellness for the unit’s compressor. The unit will always take the value from the worst component for the next maintenance indication.

Liebert® CRV™

112

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 89 Service menus—Wellness electric heater 1 settings parameters screen - Page 4

S035 Number of Starts—Shows the number of starts for the unit’s reheats. S036 Run Hours—Shows the number of run hours for the unit’s reheats. S037 Average Run Time—Displays the average run time of the unit's reheats. S038 Starts per Day Best—Displays the lowest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S039 Starts per Day Worst—Displays the highest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S040 Number of HP Alarms—Displays the number of high pressure alarms that have occurred with the unit’s reheats. S041 Actual Bonus—Displays the actual calculation of wellness for the unit’s reheats. The unit will always take the value from the worst component for the next maintenance indication. Figure 90 Service menus—Wellness humidifier settings parameters screen - Page 5

S046 Number of Starts—Shows the number of starts for the unit’s humidifier. S047 Run Hours—Shows the number of run hours for the unit’s humidifier. S048 Average Run Time—Displays the average run time of the unit’s humidifier. S049 Starts per Day Best—Displays the lowest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S050 Starts per Day Worst—Displays the highest number of starts in a rolling 24 hour period. S051 Number of Alarms—Displays the number of high pressure alarms that have occurred with the unit’s humidifier. S052Actual Bonus—Displays the actual calculation of wellness for the unit’s humidifier. The unit will always take the value from the worst component for the next maintenance indication.

113

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.8

Service—Diagnostics Menu Screens

Figure 91 Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 1

Lines S302-S304, S308 and S310 are not displayed on chilled water models.

S302 HP 1 Alarm Code—Compressor 1 high pressure alarm code. S303 LP 1 Alarm Code—Indicates which phase Compressor 1 is operating in. For more information, refer to the Liebert iCOM Training and Service manual’s low pressure transducer flow chart. S304 HT 1 Alarm Counter—Compressor 1 high temperature event alarm counter. If more than five events in a rolling 4 hour period occur, then the compressor will be locked out. S305 12h Dehum Counter—Is a counter that counts A136 Dehum Timer times out. • If the Dehum Timer is used 3 times in any rolling 12 hour period Dehum needs to be disabled for 12 hours. • A message is generated “Dehum Suspended 12hrs”). The message can be disabled in the Service - Set Alarms menu. • The counter resets to 0 on a power cycle and can be manually reset via Display. • When Dehum is enabled again, a message is be generated “Dehum Resumed.” The message can be disabled in the Service - Set Alarms menu. S306 Low Supply Temperature Counter—It increases by 1 each time the low supply temperature event is triggered. S307Actual LP1 Pressure—Current refrigerant low pressure side reading in atmosphere for Compressor 1. S308 Actual HP1 Pressure—Current refrigerant high pressure side liquid reading in atmospheres for Compressor 1. (This is available only on water-cooled units equipped with a motorized ball valve.) Figure 92 Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 2

Lines S315-S318 are not displayed on chilled water models.

Liebert® CRV™

114

Liebert iCOM® Control

S313 Manual Mode—Places the Liebert iCOM® control in manual mode. This is the initial setting is necessary to activate any of the subsequent items. Manual Mode is used to check components and operation of the unit for proper operation and performance. To use Manual Mode enter the password, 5010, and select YES on line S313. With the exception of Compressor Evacuate Mode, Manual Mode will time out after 30 minutes of inactivity. When finished running components in Manual Mode, change line S313 back to NO. All the corresponding components changed with Manual Mode enabled will go back to Normal. The unit will resume operation as it was before Manual Mode was enabled. Safety routines, such as overload alarms, high pressure lockout, etc., will prevent some features from being used. If an alarm has been disabled but is active, some Manual Mode functions will not work. S314 Motor(s)—Setting this option to On will start the main fan of the unit. The main fan must be On before any of the following overrides can be activated. Compressor Evacuate Mode does not require motor(s). S315 Compressor 1—Turns on Compressor 1 and selects the mode of compressor operation. The operation selections are RUN, EVACUATE and CHARGE. To access each mode, press the Enter key while S315 is highlighted. Press the Right Arrow key to advance to the left. The compressor mode can be changed by pressing the Up or Down arrow key. Once the desired mode is shown, press the Enter key. The compressor state to the far right must be placed to On if Run Mode or Charge Mode has been selected. No further action is required for Evacuate Mode. Run Mode: Allows the compressor to run at any given capacity. The compressor capacity can be adjusted on line S317. Evacuate Mode: Allows all solenoid valves in the refrigerant circuit to open, while the compressor remains Off. This mode is can be used for either leak checking or evacuation. This mode does not have a timeout period. Charge Mode: This function allows the compressor to run at 100% loaded capacity for 30 minutes at a time. The suction pressure must be at least 15 psi or the compressor will be stopped. S316 Compressor 1 Capacity—Enables Compressor 1 Cycle Ramp. S317 Compressor 1 Cycle Ramp—Allows selecting the capacity the compressor should run at. The range is 20 - 100%. S318 Compressor 1 LLSV (Read only)—Shows status of the the liquid line solenoid valve for Compressor 1. See line S315 to energize the LLSV for leak check and evacuation. Figure 93 Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 3

S324 Electric Heat 1 (or HG/HW)—Activates Stage 1 of the unit’s reheat system. S326 Dehumidification Envelope (Read only): Off/Active status of dehumidification. Off means the unit is permitted to dehumidify. Active means the dehumidification is suspended due to excessive dehumidification run time. Also see S305. S327 Dehumidification Output (Read only)—Shows the On/Off status of for dehumidification. S328 Humidifier Fill—Activates just the humidifier water source solenoid valve, which fills the humidifier pan or canister with water. This line does not apply to units manufactured by Liebert North America. 115

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

S329 Humidifier—Activates the humidifier system in its entirety. S330 Humidifier Drain—Activates just the humidifier drain solenoid in the case of the steam generating humidifier, allowing water to drain from the canister. This line does not apply to units manufactured by Liebert North America. S331 Humidifier Current—In the case of the steam generating humidifier option this setting shows the power, in amperes, the system is consuming. This line does not apply to units manufactured by Liebert North America. Figure 94 Service menus—Diagnostics / Service mode parameters - Page 4 CW models.

S344 becomes unhidden when S313 is set to Yes. Diagnostics Parameters for CW Models

Diagnostics Parameters for CW Models-Manual Mode

Figure 95 Service menus—Diagnostics / Service mode parameters - Page 4 DX models.

S344 becomes unhidden when S313 is set to Yes. Diagnostics Parameters for DX Models

S335 Alarm Relay—Allows activating the Liebert iCOM® control’s common alarm relay output. S336 Warning Relay—Allows activating the Liebert iCOM control’s freecooling relay output. S337 3P Actuator Open—This setting will open the 3P type chilled water actuator to 100%. S338 must be set to Off before setting S337 to On (not shown on DX models). S338 3P Actuator Close—This setting will open the 3P type chilled water actuator to 100%. S338 must be set to Off before setting S337 to On (not shown on DX models). S339 Current Fanspeed (Read only)—Shows the analog output for the fan in automatic mode. S340 Fanspeed Manual Setpoint (Read only)—Drives the analog output for the fan in manual mode.

Lines S341 through S344 Differ on Chilled Water Units and DX units Chilled Water S342 Current MBV / CWV (AnaOut2) (Read Only)—Shows the analog output status for the chilled water valve in manual or automatic mode. S344 Manual CWV (AnaOut2)—Parameter is hidden unless S313 is set to Yes; adjusts the CWV (chilled water valve) manually from 0-100% (not shown on DX models). DX Water/Glycol Cooled Liebert® CRV™

116

Liebert iCOM® Control

S341 Condenser Control Mode—Defines the condenser control mode in manual or in auto mode. User must select Manual and set S313 to Yes before S343 can be changed (not shown on CW models). S342 Current MBV / CWV (AnaOut2) (Read Only)—Shows the analog output for the MBV (motorized ball valve) in manual or automatic mode. S343 Manual MBV (AnaOut2)—Hidden when S313 is set to No. S313 must be set to Manual before parameter can be adjusted. Adjusts the MBV (motorized ball valve) in manual mode. Figure 96 Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 5

S346 Status Remote Shutdown—Shows the status of the unit’s remote shutdown input. S347 & S348 Status Airflow 1 and 2—Show the status of the unit’s air proof switches. S349 Status Filter—Shows the status of the unit’s filter clog switch input. S350, 351, 352 and 353 Status Customer Input 1, 2, 3 and 4—This shows the status of the unit’s customer inputs. S354 Status LSI—LSI (Level Sensor Isolator) shows for a bottle humidifier whether the water level is OK or FULL (Full does not necessarily mean that the bottle is to be replaced; it just stops filling to avoid overfill). This line does not apply to units manufactured by Liebert North America. S355 Status Heaters Safety—Shows the status of the unit’s reheat safety switch. Figure 97 Service menus—Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 6

S357 Status HP1—Shows the status of the unit’s Compressor 1 high pressure switch input (not shown on CW models). S358 Status LP1—Shows the status of the unit’s Compressor 1 low pressure switch input (not shown on CW models). S359 Status LWD—Shows the status of the unit’s Leakage Water Detector (not shown unless LWD is selected in options setup). This line does not apply to units manufactured by Liebert North America. Status Liquitech—Shows the status of the unit’s Liebert Liqui-tect® liquid detection setup.

117

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 98 Service menus Figure 85 Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 7

11.9

Service—Set Alarms Menu Screens

Figure 99 Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 1

S204 Temp/Hum Events—Enables or disables all temperature and humidity events. When disabled, the setpoints to the right of S205-S211 will be hidden. S205 Initial Time Delay—Sets the delay after the fans have engaged before the S206-S211 can become active. This delay is intended to prevent nuisance alarm trips when the unit starts. After the unit fan has started and the delay has elapsed, the delays set on line S262-S267 take priority. S206 High Supply Temperature—Sets the high temperature threshold that will triggeran alarm on the Liebert iCOM® and any monitoring system that may be connected. This threshold triggers an alarm based on supply air temperature. It is ignored if the compressor (DX models) is not in operation, the chilled water valve opening is less than 20% (chilled water models), within the first 5 minutes of a cooling call or if the electric heaters are energized. S207 Low Supply Temperature—Sets the low temperature threshold that will trigger an alarm on the Liebert iCOM and any monitoring system that may be connected. This threshold triggers an alarm based on supply air temperature. The temperature must stay two degrees above the threshold for one minute and the event must be acknowledged before it will reset. S208 High Return Temperature—Sets the threshold temperature for a return high temperature alarm to occur. The temperature must stay one degree below the threshold for one minute and the event must be acknowledged before it will reset. S209 High Return Humidity—Sets the threshold humidity for a return high humidity alarm to occur. The humidity level must be 2% below the threshold for one minute (nonadjustable) and the event must be acknowledged before it will reset.

Liebert® CRV™

118

Liebert iCOM® Control

S210 Low Return Humidity—Sets the threshold humidity for a return low humidity alarm to occur. The humidity level must be 2% above the threshold for one minute (nonadjustable) and the event must be acknowledged before it will reset. S211 High CW Temperature—Sets the threshold chilled water for a return high chilled water temperature alarm to occur. The alarm will reset once the temperature is 5.5°F (3.0°C) lower than the threshold and the reset delay of 120 second (nonadjustable) has elapsed. This parameter is only visible on chilled water units (not shown on DX models) Figure 100 Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 2

S213, S215, S217 and S219 Customer Input 1, 2, 3 and 4—These parameters select the device and operation of the customer inputs. Each event reflects a different alarm and possible action to the unit. Refer to 14.1 Alarms/Events for a description of selectable options. S214, S216, S218 and S220 Customer Input 1, 2, 3 and 4 active when—These parameters select whether the input is a normally closed or normally closed input. Figure 101 Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 3

CW Alarm Setup Screen

DX Alarm Setup Screen

Service-Set Alarms, Pages 3-6, determine the operation of an active alarm. Each event can be enabled or disabled and can be set to operate as an alarm, warning or message. The delay is the time the control waits before reporting the event. • Alarm: Annunciates the buzzer, triggers a monitoring event, triggers the alarm relay and flashes the red LED on the display. • Warning: Annunciates the buzzer, triggers a monitoring event, shows the event in the event viewer / front display and flashes the red LED on the display. • Message: Shows the event in the event viewer and on the front display.

119

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 102 Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 4

This screen determines the operation of an active alarm. Each event can be enabled or disabled and can be set to operate as an alarm, warning or message. The delay is the time the control waits before reporting the event. Figure 103 Service menus—Set alarms parameters screen - Page 6

Set Alarms Parameters for CW

Set Alarms Parameters for DX

11.10 Service—Sensor Calibration Menu Screens Figure 104 Service menusFigure 89 Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 1

S602 Return Temperature—Adjusts the return temperature reading from the actual sensor to compensate for any error of the sensor or to match other sensors in the room. S630 Calibrated Return Temperature—Shows the adjusted temperature value of the return sensor. This value is the actual sensor reading (+ or -) the offset “Return Temperature.” S604 Return Humidity—This parameter adjusts the return humidity reading from the actual sensor to compensate for any error of the sensor or to match other sensors in the room.

Liebert® CRV™

120

Liebert iCOM® Control

S605 Calibrated Return Humidity—Shows the adjusted humidity value of the return sensor. This value is the actual sensor reading (+ or -) the offset “Return Humidity.” S606 Digiscroll 1 NTC—Adjusts the digital scroll 1 NTC reading from the actual sensor to compensate for any error or drift of the sensor. S607 Calibrated Digiscroll 1 NTC—Shows the adjusted Digital Scroll 1 NTC sensor value. This value is the actual sensor reading (+ or -) the offset “Digital Scroll 1 NTC.” Figure 105 Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters — Page 2

Sensor Calibration for CW Models

Sensor Calibration for DX Models

S613 T Sensor PTC or NTC—Selects the type of sensor being used for the return air sensor. S614 Return T Sensor—Provides an offset to the actual sensor reading to calibrate the unit’s sensor to other sensors. S615 Calibrated Return T Sensor—Shows the reading after the offset has been added to or subtracted from the actual sensor reading. S616 Supply T Sensor PTC or NTC—Sets the type of sensor that is connected to the unit. It is set at the factory as NTC and should be changed only by a certified Emerson technician. S617 Supply T Sensor—Provides an offset to the actual sensor reading to calibrate the unit’s sensor to other sensors. S618 Calibrated Supply T Sensor—Shows the reading after the offset has been added to or subtracted from the actual sensor reading. S619 CW T Sensor—Provides an offset to the actual sensor reading to calibrate the unit's sensor to other sensors. S620 Calibrated CW T Sensor—Shows the reading after the offset has been added to or subtracted from the actual sensor reading. Figure 106 Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 3

This unit can be equipped with a total of 20 rack sensor readings or ten 2T temperature sensor modules. This menu permits temperature sensor calibration by entering a negative or positive offset. The calibrated reading is displayed in the far right column. If a value is not shown in the far right column, then the sensor is either not set up correctly or is not connected.

121

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 107 Service menus—Sensor calibration / setup parameters - Page 4

This unit can be equipped with a total of 20 rack sensor readings or ten 2T temperature sensor modules. This menu permits temperature sensor calibration by entering a negative or positive offset. The calibrated reading is displayed in the far right column. If a value is not shown in the far right column, then the sensor is either not setup correctly or is not connected.

11.11 Service—System/Network Unit-Level Setup Menu Screens Figure 108 Service menus—System / network setup parameters-System - Page 1 for the Display

S802 Number of Connected Units—Sets the number of units that will be viewable from the large display [1 - 32] and will participate on the unit to unit network. S803 Teamwork Mode—Selects which teamwork mode to use within a selected group. Teamwork modes are: 0 = 0 No 1 = 1 Parallel 2 = 2 Independent 3 = 3 Optimized Aisle S804 Teamwork Mode is Based on—Two selections are available: Average and Maximum. Average: Allows the temperature/humidity control to be based on an average reading of the controlling sensors. Maximum: Allows the temperature/humidity control to be based on the highest controlling sensor reading. S805 Qty Units Included in Average—Allows choosing an average of the highest sensor readings for the calculation. S808 Lock for Upgrade—Locks the Liebert iCOM functions to permit upgrading its firmware.

Liebert® CRV™

122

Liebert iCOM® Control

S809 Configuration Safe—Saves or loads configuration settings for the display that have been modified from the factory defaults to an internal file that can be downloaded / uploaded using the Liebert iCOM® Service Tool. Selecting Save will write the settings to the internal storage file and selecting Load will write the settings from the internal storage file to the application software. The internal file is updated automatically every 12 hours. S810 Network Safe—Saves or loads network settings for the display that have been modified from the factory defaults to an internal file that can be downloaded / uploaded using the Liebert iCOM® Service Tool. Selecting Save will write the settings to the internal storage file and selecting Load will write the settings from the internal storage file to the application software. S811 SW Version—Contains the application software version loaded into the Liebert iCOM display. Figure 109 Service menus—System / network setup parameters-Large display only System - Page 2 for the Display

S813 IP Address—Contains the network address of the display. This address must be unique to every other device on the network. This setting is used for the Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S814 Netmask—Divides IP addresses in subnet and specifies the network available to hosts. This setting is used for Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S815 Gateway—Routes data and acts as a proxy server or a firewall when setting up networks. This setting is used for the Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S816 MAC (Read Only)—The MAC address is a unique hardware identifier of the Ethernet device. S817 U2U Protocol (Read Only)—Always set to GBP (Global Bus Protocol). S818 U2U Address—Unique identifier for each unit on the network. Display addresses range from 33 to 64. Each display on the U2U network must have a different U2U address. S819 U2U Group—Used to create zones or groups within a U2U network. Once a group number is selected, the display will see only devices with the same group number. The group number can be changed to view other devices in different groups. S820 Bootloader Variables—Indicates whether there has been a change to the bootloader since it was last loaded, such as monitoring protocol, IP subnet setting, group or U2U number. This parameter should only be activated by an authorized Liebert Services technician.

123

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 110 Service menus—System/Network setup parameters Unit- Page 1 for the Board

S824 Monitoring Address—Sets the address used by the Liebert IntelliSlot® cards. This is set to 3 at the factory and should not be changed. S825 Monitoring Timeout/Handshake—Can be used with a building management system to verify communication has not been lost between the Liebert iCOM® control and the BMS. If the time specified in this parameter elapses before the BMS writes a new value, then an alarm will occur “BMS TIMEOUT” and the temperature setpoint will revert to the backup setpoint and the fan speed “if equipped” will change to 100%. To disable this feature, write a zero to this parameter when it is active. S827 Unit Name—A label to identify the unit (6 digits) from the local or remote display. This label will show at the top right of every screen that has monitoring or configuration of that unit. S830 Lock for Upgrade—Locks the Liebert iCOM functions to permit upgrading its firmware. S831 Configuration Safe—Saves or loads configuration settings for the control board that have been modified from the factory default to an internal file that can be downloaded / uploaded using the Liebert iCOM Service Tool. Selecting Save will write the settings to the internal storage file and selecting Load will write the settings from the internal storage file to the application software. The internal file is updated automatically every 12 hours. S832 Network Safe—Saves or loads network settings for the control board that have been modified from the factory defaults to an internal file that can be downloaded / uploaded using the Liebert iCOM Service Tool. Selecting Save will write the settings to the internal storage file and selecting Load will write the settings from the internal storage file to the application software. S833 SW Version—Contains the application software version loaded onto the Liebert iCOM control board.

Liebert® CRV™

124

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 111 Service menus—System/Network setup parameters Unit - Page 2 for the Board

S835 Monitoring Protocol—Selects the monitoring protocol. Velocity V4 is the factory default which will provide communications to the Liebert IntelliSlot® housing. Hironet is used only on HPM units. S836 IP Address—Contains the network address of the display. This address must be unique on the network. This setting is used for the Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S837 Netmask—Divides IP addresses in subnet and specifies the network available to hosts. This setting is used for the Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S838 Gateway— Routes data and acts as a proxy server or a firewall when setting up networks. This setting is used for the Liebert iCOM board and display connectivity and for a Liebert iCOM U2U network. Do not use to configure remote monitoring. S839 MAC (Read Only)—The MAC address is a unique hardware identifier of the Ethernet device. S840 U2U Protocol—This parameter is always set to GBP (Global Bus Protocol). S841 U2U Address—This parameter is a unique identifier for each unit on the network. Display addresses range from 1 to 32. Each display on the U2U network must have a different U2U address. S842 U2U Group—Used to create zones or groups within a U2U network. Once a group number is selected the display will see only devices with the same group number. The group number can be changed to view devices in different groups. S843 Bootloader Variables—Indicates whether the bootloader has been changed since it was last loaded. This parameter should be activated only by an authorized service person. S844 Static RAM—Shows the status of changes made and whether they have been saved to the Static Memory on the board. The ranges of are: • • • • • •

0=Not Available 1=Invalid 2=OK 3=Changed 4=Updating 5=Locked. The right hand paramter has two options: • 0=nothing • 1=Clear+Reboot. This clear all the settings in the Static RAM.

125

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.12 Service—Options Setup Menu Screens Figure 112 Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 1

Set Alarms Parameters for CW

Set Alarms Parameters for DX

S403 Low Pressure Alarm Delay—Sets the length of time that the unit will ignore a low pressure condition. This parameter has also been referred to as a Winter Start Time. This parameter permits the Liebert iCOM to ignore the low pressure transducer reading during low outside temperatures. It allows refrigerant pressure to build and avoids nuisance low pressure trips. This parameter can be set between 0 to 5 minutes. S406 Electric Stages—A Liebert CRV can have only 0 or 1 heating stages. S407 Heater On at CFC—The selection on which point in the proportional band the heater will start 66% (factory default) S408 Water Detector—Three selections are available: • No = No water Detector • LWD = Selection provided for the Liebert LWD (Leakage Water Detector). A device that senses water by means of electrical resistance. Not available on units manufactured by Liebert North America. • LQTECH = Selection provided for the Liebert Liqui-tect® (LT410 OR LT460). See the Liebert Liqui-tect user manual, SL-31000, available at Liebert’s Web site (www.liebert.com) for connection/configuration details. S409 Water Detector Function—allows to set the activity when water is detected • Alarm: Activates the WATER UNDER FLOOR, no further action. • Lockhum: Activates the WATER UNDER FLOOR and locks the humidifier out. • Shutdown: Activates the WATER UNDER FLOOR and shuts the unit down. S410 3P Actuator Runtime—If Valve Control is selected for Time, then this parameter sets the travel time of the valve to determine the full open and closed position of the valve. This setting is made at the factory based on the valves manufacturer specifications. S411 3P Actuator Direction—Selects if the valve is a Direct or Reverse acting valve.

Liebert® CRV™

126

Liebert iCOM® Control

Figure 113 Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 2

S413 WA and AL Relay—Defines if the relays are normally On (and fall to Off in case of an event) or normally Off (and change to On in case of an event). S419 Dehumidification Enabled—Selects whether the compressor or valve will be used to dehumidify when the humidity is above the setpoint. S420 Auto Restart Enabled—This parameter, when set to YES, restarts the unit after a power cycle. When this parameter is set to NO, then the unit will not restart (Turn On) after a power cycle. S421 Single Unit Auto Restart—Sets a time delay for the unit to restart when the Auto Restart Enabled is set to YES. The delay, adjustable from 0-999 seconds, begins once the boot process has completed. This parameter allows units to be staggered On to reduce the amount of simultaneous power consumption after a loss of power. S422 On-Off Enabled—Disables the power button on the front of the display. Prevents the user from turning Off the equipment from the User or System view. When this parameter is set to Off and the user attempts to turn Off the unit, a message will appear stating “On-Off is disabled!” The default configuration is On. Figure 114 Service menus—Options setup parameters - Page 3

Setup Parameters Chilled Water Unit

Options Setup Parameters DX unit

S424 Chilled Water Quick Start—Can be enabled only for chilled water units. This function allows to restart a Liebert CRV after a power cycle within approximately 10 seconds. During quick start, the control is not active. The digital output for the fan activates, the fan speed operates on the voltage selected on S426 and the chilled water valve opens to the voltage set in S427. When quick start is enabled: • • •

S425 Fan Digital Output P2-3 changes to On (cannot be changed by the user) S426 Fan Analog Output P14-1 changes to 7.5V (can be changed by the user) S427 Valve Analog Output P14-3 changes to 7.5V (can be changed by the user) After each power cycle, the Liebert CRV will adjust fan and cooling output according to the settings on lines S426 and S427. These user-defined settings will override the actual call for fan and cooing until the delay set on S428 has elapsed.

127

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

S428 Quick Start Overlap Time: When iCOM is ready with the boot process, a time can be added to continue the static quick start mode, giving the Liebert iCOM the chance to build calls meanwhile, and seamlessly overtake control when S428 times out. S429 Last Quick Start Duration—Informational only. Shows the time of the last quick start. S430 Boot loader Variables: IMPORTANT: any change of quick start (EN to Disable, or DIS the Enable) must be followed by executing Boot Loader Variables: Save and Reboot. NOTE Quick start is performed at each power cycle, no matter if the unit was in operation or in an Off state before the power cycle. When the unit was in an Off state and quick start is finished, the unit will stop again. Figure 115 Service—Service Contact Menu

Liebert® CRV™

128

Liebert iCOM® Control

Table 34

Service contact info parameters Function

Large Display

Small Display

Range Imperial (metric)

PASSWORD

—

Page 1 of 1 Password

None Austria Switzerland D Switzerland F Benelux D Benelux FL Germany France UK Country

Country

Hungary Italy Poland Spain United States Australia New Zealand Indonesia Malaysia Singapore

Address line 1

Address line 1

text-string

Address line 2

Address line 2

text-string

Address line 3

Address line 3

text-string

Address line 4

Address line 4

text-string

129

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® Control

11.13 Service—Remote Sensors Menu Screens Figure 116 Service menus—Remote Sensor Setup

Rack Sensors are automatically detected when connected and set to Control. A maximum of ten 2T temperature and humidity sensors can be connected; the control automatically detects the type. Control—The Liebert CRV is using the sensor for temperature control. Reference—The sensor value is shown but used only for monitoring. Disable—No sensor connected.

Liebert® CRV™

130

Operation in Teamwork Mode

12.0 OPERATION IN TEAMWORK MODE 12.1

Unit-to-Unit Network Wiring Liebert CRV's can be connected in a unit-to-unit, or U2U, configuration, which allows multiple units to communicate with each other, sharing of local unit status and sensor readings. The U2U network will allow up to 32 units to be connected within a single group and up to 99 different groups to exists on the same physical network. Groups can be used to create zones of influence so that only the Liebert CRV's serving a common area will work together and back each other up. The U2U setup unlocks the use of Lead-Lag/Rotation, Cascade and Teamwork Modes 1, 2 and 3 Lead-lag/rotation allows a standby Liebert CRV to activate based on an alarm or on a rotation based on time. Cascade provides staging of the Liebert CRV's based on the actual temperature and its relation to the temperature setpoint. Teamwork Modes 1, 2 and 3 • No Teamwork: All units operate independently; using their local sensors. • Teamwork Mode 1 (Parallel): All units use a shared temperature PI value for heating/cooling control and a shared humidity PI for humidification/dehumidification.) • Teamwork Mode 2 (Independent) Avoid units performing conflicting operations. For example: (a) units are not allowed to heat if other units are cooling, and (b) units are not allowed to humidify if other units are dehumidifying. • Teamwork Mode 3 (Smart Aisle) All units use a shared fan speed PI value; and drive cooling from local sensors.

12.2

Liebert iCOM U2U Ethernet Network The Liebert iCOM U2U network must be isolated from other network traffic. The network switch(es) that connect Liebert iCOM controls must be dedicated to supporting only Liebert iCOM communication. The U2U network cannot be connected to the building or IT network. If U2U communication is lost, all Liebert iCOM-controlled cooling units will continue to operate as independent units. The Liebert iCOM control can support up to 64 nodes on one network. An input/output board, large display and large wall-mount display are each considered one node. Of the 64 nodes that may be connected, no more than 32 may be input/output boards (32 cooling units). Network communication can be configured during system startup by a Emerson-trained technician. For technical issues contact: Liebert Thermal Management Support Telephone: 1-800-LIEBSRV (1-800-543-2378) option 3 M-F 8-5 EST

131

Liebert® CRV™

Operation in Teamwork Mode

12.3

Wiring a Liebert iCOM U2U Network A network switch is required to enable Ethernet unit-to-unit communication on one or more Liebert CRV's. Each Liebert CRV requires two straight-through Ethernet cables from a network switch. One cable connects to port P64 on the Liebert iCOM input/output board and the other straight-through cable connects to the P64 port on the back of the large display (see Figure 117).

Figure 117 U2U Network Setup Display Service /Network Liebert iCom Display Menu

Display Service/Network Liebert iCom Display Menu

IP Address: 192.168.254.033 U2U Address: 33 Group #: 1 ---------------------------------------

IP Address: 192.168.254.034 U2U Address: 34 Group #: 1 ---------------------------------------

Display Service /Network Liebert Cooling Unit Control Board Menu

Display Service/Network Liebert Cooling Unit Control Board Menu

IP Address: 192.168.254.001 U2U Address: 1 Group #: 1

IP Address: 192.168.254.002 U2U Address: 2 Group #: 1

Liebert Cooling Unit with Large Liebert iCOM Display

Liebert Cooling Unit with Large Liebert iCOM Display

Network Switch Display Service/Network Liebert iCom Display Menu IP Address: 192.168.254.035 U2U Address: 35 Group #: 1 ---------------------------------------

Display Service/Network Liebert Cooling Unit Control Board Menu

Liebert Cooling Unit with Large Liebert iCOM Display

IP Address: 192.168.254.003 U2U Address: 3 Group #: 1

Wall-Mount Large Display The Liebert CRV has a large display as standard equipment. Only large displays may be used for remotely monitoring and controlling cooling units connected on the same network. Each wall-mount large display requires 120V input power; Liebert provides an AC adapter wall plug. A straight through Ethernet cable must be connected between the network switch and the P64 port on the back of the display. This will enable control and monitoring capabilities to any cooling unit connected to the network. Liebert® CRV™

132

Operation in Teamwork Mode

Figure 118 U2U network diagram-600mm (24in. ) Liebert CRV

133

Liebert® CRV™

Operation in Teamwork Mode

Figure 119 U2U network diagram-300mm (12in. ) Liebert CRV

12.4

Teamwork Modes Groups of cooling units connected to a network can be set up to work together in any of four teamwork modes: • • • •

No Teamwork Teamwork Mode 1 Teamwork Mode 2 Teamwork Mode 3

All Liebert iCOM-controlled cooling units on a network must be set to run in the same teamwork mode.

Liebert® CRV™

134

Operation in Teamwork Mode

Figure 120 Teamwork modes and sensor management Average / Maximum of Liebert CRV Connected Sensors Average / Maximum of Teamwork Sensors Example: 72°F (22°C) Setpoint Teamwork Sensor Average = 74°F (23°C) Teamwork Sensor Maximum = 76°F (24°C) Sensor (one of 8)

Liebert CRV 1 Max = 72°F (22°C)

Liebert CRV 1

Equipment Equipment Equipment Equipment Equipment Equipment Equipment Equipment Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack Rack

Liebert CRV 2

Liebert CRV 2 Max = 76°F (24°C)

12.4.1 Application of Teamwork Modes • No Teamwork: Multiple zones in one room • Teamwork Mode 1: Balanced load (small groups of units inside the same environment) • Teamwork Mode 2: Unbalanced load (large rooms, not all units will have the same load) (works well for most applications) • Teamwork Mode 3: Optimized Aisle (allows the cooling capacity to be controlled off the supply sensor to operate as a local control by removing only the amount of load required to maintain the discharge air temperature at each unit. The supply temperature setpoint can be adjusted for each unit. This allows optimal control for an unbalanced room load. The fan speed is controlled by the remote rack sensors of all units, providing a controlled delivery method of the air to the cold aisle. This distribution is achieved by operating all fans in parallel, which will also yield the greatest energy efficiency. All units in the same group will run in the same Teamwork Mode.

12.4.2 No Teamwork Each cooling unit works independently, responding to its own sensors. Standby function and unit rotation are possible but cascading is not (see Standby and Cascade on page 138). AutoSet will not adjust the proportional band in this mode.

135

Liebert® CRV™

Operation in Teamwork Mode

12.4.3 Teamwork Mode 1 Teamwork Mode 1 works best in small rooms with balanced heat loads. The return temperature and humidity sensor readings of all units in operation (fan On) are averaged by the master unit and displays this information in the System View. Control can be based on either the maximum or average temperature readings of the connected units in the group. If set to control off an average, the number of units calculated in the average can be set lower than the total number of units connected. This provides a more defined control strategy, by taking into account only the worst case readings. The master unit will send the operating requirements to all operating units according to unit numbers. In this teamwork mode, most of the parameters are shared; if set in any one of the units, all other units will follow with the same settings. AutoSet will adjust the proportional band in Teamwork Mode 1. The master unit evenly divides the system proportional band among the number of available units. Each unit will receive instruction on how to operate from the master unit based on how far the system deviates from the setpoints. Fans, compressors, and chilled water valves will operate in parallel as temperature deviates from set point. See Figure 121 and paragraphs below for more information. The number of available units is calculated like: • In non-standby configuration: all units with fan On • In typical standby function (no cascade): all units with fan On • In cascade mode: all units that could operate (no alarm, which forces the unit to switch Off, unit not switched Off, etc.) NOTE Low limit and reheat during dehumidification are managed from each unit independently. Figure 121 shows how two cooling units work together in Teamwork Mode 1. Since Unit 1 and Unit 2 are available to operate, the master unit, Unit 1, averages the temperature and humidity sensor readings from each unit. The master unit determines that a 60% call for cooling is required for the system. Since there are two available cooling units, each unit makes up half of the system proportional band; Unit 1 handles 0-50% system call for cooling and Unit 2 handles 51-100%. For every 1% system call for cooling, each unit provides 2% of its total cooling capacity. The 60% system call for cooling exceeds the 50% Unit 1 can provide, so Unit 1 operates at full capacity. The remaining 10% system call for cooling (60% - 50% = 10%) is handled by Unit 2. Unit 2 responds by operating at 20% cooling capacity (50% ÷ 10% = 20%).

Liebert® CRV™

136

Operation in Teamwork Mode

Figure 121 Teamwork Mode 1 with three cooling units

Shared System Deviation Ramp (System CFC) 0% +33 % +66 % +100 % 100 % System CFC 0% Fanspeed

100 % Compressors 20% 100 % Chilled Water Valves 0%

12.4.4 Teamwork Mode 2 Teamwork Mode 2 is designed to prevent units within a group from working in opposing modes, effectively “fighting” each other. It is best applied in large rooms with unbalanced heat loads. In Teamwork Mode 2, all temperature and humidity parameters are shared. Unit #1 takes a user-defined average or maximum sensor reading on the network to determine whether there is a cooling, dehumidification or humidification request. To further improve control output, when the Liebert iCOM is set to control off an average, the number of units calculated in the average can be set lower than the total number of units connected. This provides a more defined control strategy, by taking into account only the worst case readings. If there is a cooling request, all units are released to start cooling resources according to their own temperature readings; and operate cooling off their own unique temperature control bands. If some of the units sense a cooler temperature, they are permitted to reduce cooling to keep from cooling the space beyond the temperature setpoint. If the master determines the greatest demand is for dehumidification, the units that require dehumidification are released to operate in that mode. Units in the group that may have only a small request for humidification will the remain idle for maximum energy saving and control. Teamwork Mode 2 does not rotate; unevenly distributed working hours to be expected. AutoSet will not adjust the proportional band in this mode. NOTE The Liebert CRV is designed to use Teamwork Mode 3 where three 2T sensors are supplied to monitor the temperature at the racks and ramp the fans accordingly. NOTE In Teamwork Mode 2, all units must have the same setpoints. The units’ proportional band, deadband and related settings may be different.

137

Liebert® CRV™

Operation in Teamwork Mode

12.4.5 Teamwork Mode 3 (Optimized Aisle) Teamwork Mode 3 can be selected when the units are set to operate in Optimized Aisle Control mode and have been connected in a unit to unit (U2U) network. Teamwork provides coordination between the units that will prevent “fighting” by not allowing units to operate in conflicting modes of operation at the same time by selecting which mode to operate within based on the maximum or average reading of the collective unit sensors (Humidifying vs. Dehumidifying). When the units are set to control off an average, the number of units calculated in the average can be set lower than the total number of units connected. This provides a more-defined control strategy by taking into account only the worst-case readings. Teamwork Mode 3 allows the cooling capacity (Supply Sensor) to operate as a local control by removing only the amount of load required to maintain the discharge air temperature at each unit. This allows for an unbalanced room load while maintaining a consistent discharge air temperature. The fan speed is controlled by the remote rack sensors of all units, providing a controlled delivery method of the air to the cold aisle. This distribution is achieved by operating all fans in parallel, which will also yield the greatest energy efficiency.

12.4.6 Standby-Rotation Typical Standby (Lead/Lag) Function This function can be performed in any teamwork mode, including NO Teamwork. One or more units can be defined to be Standby; the normal status of standby units is Standby Off (fan Off). If one regular unit has an alarm that is defined (to be defined in the alarm configuration), to switch On a standby unit, the faulty unit will switch Off and the standby unit will switch On. If the next unit has an alarm, the next standby unit will be started. If no more standby units are available, the unit with a non-critical alarm that permits unit operation will be switched On again (water detection, fan alarm, fire alarm etc. will not permit a unit to restart). The standby function can be rotated daily, weekly or monthly. The rotation is performed with a selectable number of units: if 1 is selected, to standby rotates from 1-2 to 2-3 in a four unit configuration with two standby units, and rotates from 1-2 to 3-4 in the same configuration, when the rotation parameter is set to 2.

Standby and Cascade Cascade is possible in Teamwork Modes 1 and 3 only. • Cooling for Teamwork Mode 1 • Fan PI for Teamwork Mode 3 (Optimized Aisle) Standby units will start if an alarm occurs in one of the active units. If the standby units are cascaded, they will also start and work with the regular active units if the temperature cannot be controlled by the active units; before a high or low temperature condition occurs. Cascaded units are switched off again as soon as the temperature returns back to normal. When Cooling is set as the cascade mode, units will be started based on the CFC (call for cooling)— Teamwork Mode 1. When Fan PI is set as the cascade mode, units will be started based on the CFF (call for fan)— Teamwork Mode 3. NOTE Cascaded units are not included in the calculation of the average temperature / humidity.

Liebert® CRV™

138

Operation in Teamwork Mode

Table 35

Teamwork Mode 1 or 3, definition of Serial, Parallel and Local

Mode A (C = SUPPLY / F = SUPPLY)

Teamwork Mode 3

Cooling On-Off

Local

Cooling Capacity

Local

Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed

N/A Parallel

Re-Heat during Dehum

Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

Mode B (C = REMOTE / F = REMOTE) Cooling On-Off Cooling Capacity Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed

Teamwork Mode 1 Local Parallel Local Parallel

Re-Heat during Dehum

Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

Mode C (C = RETURN / F = RETURN) Cooling On-Off Cooling Capacity Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed Re-Heat during Dehum

Teamwork Mode 1 Local Parallel N/A Parallel Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

Mode D (C = SUPPLY / F = REMOTE)

Teamwork Mode 3

Cooling On-Off

Local

Cooling Capacity

Local

Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed Re-Heat during Dehum

N/A Parallel Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

Mode E (C = SUPPLY / F = RETURN)

Teamwork Mode 3

Cooling On-Off

Local

Cooling Capacity

Local

Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed

N/A Parallel

Re-Heat during Dehum

Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

Mode F (C = REMOTE / F = RETURN) Cooling On-Off Cooling Capacity Low Supply Limit Control Fanspeed

Teamwork Mode 1 Local Parallel Local Parallel

Re-Heat during Dehum

Local

Humidification

Serial

Dehumidification

Serial

139

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.0 REMOTE RACK SENSOR WIRING Three 2T sensors come standard with each Liebert CRV (both 600mm and 300mm models). The Liebert CRV is capable of supporting up to ten (10) 2T remote rack temperature sensors. It is recommended that one (1) 2T housing be attached to each rack the Liebert CRV is intended to cool. The sensors provide feedback directly to the cooling unit to improve efficiency and performance. Rack sensors help combat cooling problems related to recirculation air, uneven rack loading and air distribution. The 2T rack sensors are intended for cold aisle use only. While installing the rack sensors is optional, Emerson recommends that they be installed. Installations with multiple Liebert CRV cooling units should be connected in a Unit-to-Unit (U2U) Ethernet network to leverage all of the Liebert iCOM® control benefits. A sensor network can be extended at any time by connecting additional 2T sensors to the last 2T temperature and humidity sensor on the network. Sensors connect in a daisy chain fashion back to the cooling unit; individual wires from each sensor to the cooling unit are avoided. There are four steps to setting up a remote rack sensor: • Determine the location of sensors and mounting. See 13.1 DIP Switch Settings. • Set the DIP switches of the remote rack sensor must be configured to have a unique ID. See Sections 13.2 through 13.4 • Route the CANbus cables and make the connections at the CRV and 2T sensors mounted on the racks. See Sections 13.5 through 13.8. • Configure the Liebert iCOM—Control must be set to use the remote rack sensor as either a controlling sensor or as a reference sensor. See 13.8 Remote Rack Sensor Operation and Rack View Setup. Figure 122 2T rack sensor

Back View 2T Sensor

2-5/8" (67mm)

3/16" (4.5mm)

1-5/8" (41mm)

4-7/16" (112mm)

3-3/8" (86mm)

Front View 13.1

Max Depth 1-5/8" (41mm)

Temperature Sensing Probe

Each temperature probe wire is 6 feet (1830mm) long

DPN001983 Rev. 1

DIP Switch Settings Three 2T sensor housings are included with each Liebert CRV. The DIP switches in these sensors have been preset at the factory. It is recommended that you confirm that the DIP switches have been set correctly using the below table. Any additional 2T sensor housings will need their DIP switches set per the below table. If the dip switches are not set correctly, the control will not operate properly.

Figure 123 DIP switches in 2T sensors Switch Up = ON Switch Down = OFF

Liebert® CRV™

140

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Table 36

DIP switch settings DIP Switch Position

2T Temperature and Humidity Sensor

5

6

7

8

Factory-Set to Terminated

1

2

3

4

Sensor # 1

Off

Off

On

Off

Sensor # 2

On

Off

On

Off

Sensor # 3

Off

On

On

Off

Yes

Sensor # 4

On

On

On

Off

-

Sensor # 5

Off

Off

Off

On

-

Sensor # 6

On

Off

Off

On

-

Sensor # 7

Off

On

Off

On

Sensor # 8

On

On

Off

On

-

Sensor # 9

Off

Off

On

On

-

Sensor # 10

On

Off

On

On

-

Included with Liebert CRV On

Off

Off

Off

-

Optional 2T Rack Sensors

13.2

On

Off

Off

Off

-

Set 2T Rack Sensor Identities-DIP Switch settings 1. Confirm the DIP switches are set correctly for 2T sensors numbered 1, 2 and 3. 2. If additional sensors are to be connected to a cooling unit: a. Apply numbered stickers to the sensor housings, corresponding to sensor chain position. b. Based on the sensor number, use the included DIP switch tool to set the DIP switches according to the table above. If you are having difficulty setting switches through the opening in the housing or if the hole is not present, you may open the case by removing the three Phillips head screws. Reassemble housing once complete.

Figure 124 Setting DIP switches for 2T sensors

2T Sensor Terminal Housing DIP switch hole

Non-Conductive DIP Switch Tool (field-supplied) 2T Sensor Housing Case Opened

NOTE Use a field-supplied DIP switch tool (or similar non-conductive tool) to move the DIP switches. Do not insert any metal object into the sensor case.

141

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.3

Terminating the Last 2T Sensor on a Network The last 2T sensor on the network, which can be identified by having only one CAN cable plugged into it, must be terminated. All other 2T sensors on the network must remain unterminated. 2T sensor #3 is terminated at the factory (the sensors are labeled). As long as Sensor #3 is the last sensor on the network, none of the other termination jumpers in the other sensors need to be adjusted. The sensors do not need to be connected in numerical order. For example, if five sensors are purchased, they can be connected in the following pattern: In the example above, if additional sensors are added to an existing sensor network, Sensor #3 must be unterminated. The additional sensors can then be connected and the new last sensor on the network will have to be terminated. 2T sensors may be terminated in either of two ways, with a factory-supplied termination plug or with jumpers.

13.3.1 Using the Factory-Supplied Plug to Terminate the Last 2T Sensor on a Network The Liebert CRV is furnished with 2T sensors and an RJ-45 termination plug. Arrange the sensors and network as detailed in 13.7 Sensor Location and Mounting. Insert the termination plug into the RJ-45 connection on the 2T temperature and humidity sensor board (see Figure 125). Figure 125 Termination with factory-supplied plug

Circuit board inside the 2T Sensor Terminal in the Liebert CRV

Insert Termination Plug in P67

13.3.2 Using Jumper to Terminate the Last 2T Rack Sensor on a Network NOTE Using a jumper to terminate a 2T sensor in a Liebert CRV requires removing the sensor housing from the cooling unit. A jumper can be used to terminate a 2T sensor if no factory-supplied termination plug is available. To terminate a 2T sensor with a jumper: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Open the sensor's case by removing the screws that hold it together, usually three. Pull the black jumper off the circuit board from Pins 1 and 2 (see Figure 130). Install the jumper on Pins 2 and 3. Reassemble the sensor housing.

Liebert® CRV™

142

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 126 Termination jumper setting 2T Sensor Housing (back) DIP switches

Screws, typically 3

Circuit board inside display housing

Circuit board inside 2T sensor housing Termination Jumper in the Terminated Position

3

2

1

3

2

1

Terminated

Unterminated

143

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 127 Removing the remote temperature/humidity sensor cover and setting DIP switches

See Detail Area

Remote Sensor DIP switch and Jumper Locations

DETAIL AREA

Sensor DIPswitch and Jumper Locations

P3 P6 6

12435768 SW 1 P6 7

Rotated 180° On Jumper On: 2, 3 3 2 1 P3

Liebert® CRV™

Off

12345678

144

Switches On: 1, 5 Switches Off: 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 192738 Rev. 4

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.4

CANbus and Ethernet Cable Wiring Additional 2T Rack Temperature Sensor Kits allow additional 2T sensors to be connected to a Liebert CRV. Each Liebert CRV includes three 2T sensors and three interconnecting shielded CAN cables. Up to an additional seven 2T sensors can be connected to a Liebert CRV for a total of 10 sensors. Additional 2T sensors can be purchased in kits of 1, 3 or 7, which include one, three or seven additional shielded CAN cables, each 6 ft. (1.8m) long. Kits include 2T sensor(s), cable ties, instructions and shielded CAN cable(s) to protect against electronic interference. Additional 2T Rack Temperature Sensor shielded CAN cables are available in lengths of 10, 20 and 30 feet (3, 6 and 9.1m). The longer cables are useful when spanning a cold aisle and when a 2T sensor is more than one rack away from the nearest connection point. A maximum of 150 feet of interconnecting CAN cables can be connected to a single Liebert CRV.

CANbus Cables Shielded cable consists of three pairs of twisted wires with a six-pin RJ-12 connector

NOTICE • • • • • •

Risk of improper wiring. Can cause equipment damage. Mismatching wire pins at the RJ12 connection will damage the CAN device. Extreme caution should be taken when making cables. Keep control and communication cables away from power cables to prevent electromagnetic interference. Do not bend cables to less than four times the diameter of the cable. Do not deform cables when securing them in bundles or when hanging them. Keep cables away from devices that can introduce noise into them, such as machines, fluorescent lights and electronics. Avoid stretching cables; tension when pulling cables should not exceed 25 pounds (11kg) of pulling tension. Do not secure cables with any method that might damage them. Use approved hangers, such as those for telephone wire or RG-6 coaxial cable, available at most hardware stores.

145

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 128 CANbus wire Cable with Grounding Wire Solder Heat Shrink 3

Ground Wire

4

A

Drain Wire

1.25 6 3

Detail A 4

1

5

.25"

5

1

2

Pin 1 Pin 1 Label:

1.5 Black

1

Brown

2

Blue

3

4

Yellow

5

Green

6

2 3

Violet

4

1

5 6

} } }

Pair 1

Pair 2

Pair 3

7 “Sensor End” Length (Depends on Part #)

7

Label: “Unit End”

1.5

Notes: 1. Length tolerances for each dimensioned segment are ± .25 up to 12.00, ± .50 for 12.00 to 24.00, and above 24.00 is equal to ± 1.0. 2. Wire identification numbers or letters are hot stamped on each end of a wire. 3. Any wire not terminated into a terminal/connector is provided with a strip length of .50. 4. Assembly must be provided in accordance with latest revision of Emerson engineering specification 1A10952. 5. Information in parenthesis is not to be hot stamped. 6. Wire tie(s) and jumper(s) require no specific location(s). Wire ends align on left side unless otherwise specified. 7. Labels 3" from connection.

181510 Pg. 1, Rev. 4

WIRE CONNECTION 8

Label Including Liebert Part Number, Manufacture date, Manufacturer Name 10-12" From Connector End Of Cable

Snag Proof/Molded Protector Typ (2) Ends

Ring Terminal for No. 8 Screw 20 Gauge Insulated Ground Wire Shrink Tubing If Applicable

.540 Ground Wire Soldered To Drain Wire, Covered By Molding Pin 1

4" Min. Pin 1 7

1" Max. This End Only

1 2 3 4 5 6

Black Brown Blue Violet Yellow Green

1 2 3 4 5

6 WIRE CONNECTION

Liebert® CRV™

} } }

Pair 1

Pair 2

Pair 3

7 Label: “Unit End”

1" to 1.75"

Length (Depends on Part #) Notes: 1. Length tolerances for each dimensioned segment are ± .25 up to 12.00, ± .50 for 12.00 to 24.00, and above 24.00 is equal to ± 1.0. 2. Wire identification numbers or letters are hot stamped on each end of a wire. 3. Any wire not terminated into a terminal/connector is provided with a strip length of .50. 4. Assembly must be provided in accordance with latest revision of Emerson engineering specification 1A10952. 5. Information in parenthesis is not to be hot stamped. 6. Wire tie(s) and jumper(s) require no specific location(s). Wire ends align on left side unless otherwise specified. 7. Labels 3" from connection. 181510 8. All agency information (UL andCSA), 300V rating, 75°C temperature rating, 24 AWG (3P), STP, <15pf/ft Pg. 2, Rev. 4 capacitance and CMP labeled on cable.

146

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.5

Route the CANbus Wire into the Cooling Unit-600mm (24") The CANbus sensors connect to the open CAN port on the back of the unit display panel. The display comes terminated from the factory and must be unterminated to allow connecting additional sensors. See Figure 126 for termination jumper location for front panel display and sensor boards. Note that connecting the CAN bus sensors will require entering the high-voltage electrical compartment of the Liebert CRV. Emerson recommend having installation performed by a properly trained and qualified electrician.

Figure 129 Route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-600mm (24")

Inside of Display Door

DPN001983 Rev. 0

Top Entry Wiring in Field

As Shipped, No Field Wiring Connected

Connect the 10ft CAN wire to the open CAN bus port on the rear of the Liebert iCOM. Ensure there is enough slack in the wire to allow the door to open and close freely, but not so much that the wire could be in a bind or pinched when the door is shut. Emerson recommends securing the wiring with cable ties. Connect the other end of the 10ft. (3m) CAN cable to the nearest 2T rack sensor. Use additional CAN cables to connect the remaining 2T rack sensors to each other. The order in which the 2T temperature and humidity sensors are attached does not matter; however, be sure that the last sensor connected is the one set to “terminated.” Avoid using excessive lengths of cable between sensors.

147

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.6

Route the CANbus Wire into the Cooling Unit-300mm (12") Connecting the CANbus sensors will require working in the high-voltage electrical compartment of the Liebert CRV. Emerson recommends having installation performed by a properly trained and qualified electrician.

! WARNING Arc flash and electric shock hazard. Can cause injury and death. Disconnect all local and remote electric power supplies and wear appropriate personal protective equipment per NFPA 70E before working within the electric control enclosures. CANbus cabling will be near the Liebert CRV's main disconnect switch, which has high voltage supply power. Some of the CANbus cabling must be done without a clear view of the high-voltage wiring and contact with the high-voltage connections. Before proceeding with installation, read all instructions, verify that all the parts are included and check the nameplate to be sure the voltage matches available utility power. The Liebert iCOM® microprocessor does not isolate power from the unit, even in the Unit Off mode. Some internal components require and receive power even during the Unit Off mode of the Liebert iCOM control. Install and open a remote disconnect switch and verify with a voltmeter that live hazardous voltage potential is not present inside the unit cabinet before working within. Refer to the unit electrical schematic. Follow all national and local codes. A 2T Sensor Terminal is factory-installed in the Liebert CRV 300mm (12") unit's electric panel section (see Figure 130). This terminal is factory-wired to the Liebert iCOM on the front of the Liebert CRV. The display comes “Terminated” from the factory and must be “Un-terminated' to allow connecting additional sensors. See Figure 126 for termination jumper location for front panel display and sensor boards. Connect a CANbus cable to the factory-installed 2T Sensor Terminal inside the 300mm (12") Liebert CRV as shown in Top entry route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-300mm (12") DX. Route the CANbus cable out of the Liebert CRV to an external 2T Sensor Terminal and sensors on the racks as shown in Top entry route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-300mm (12") DX. See Figures 131 and 132 for an example of arranging the sensor array. Use additional CAN cables to connect the remaining 2T rack sensors to each other. Avoid using excessive lengths of cable between sensors. The order in which the 2T temperature and humidity sensors are attached does not matter. However, the last sensor connected must be set to “terminated.” Refer to 13.3 Terminating the Last 2T Sensor on a Network for details.

Liebert® CRV™

148

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 130 Top entry route the CANbus wire into the cooling unit-300mm (12") DX 2T Sensor Wiring Access Point

Sensor wire exits through this knockout. Additional 2T sensors may be connected in a daisy chain to monitor conditions at additional racks.

Temperature and Humidity Sensor Housing (factory-wired to the Liebert iCOM®

Factory Wiring Low-Voltage Field Wiring

13.7

Sensor Location and Mounting Both temperature and humidity sensors attached to a 2T sensor housing are to be installed on the same rack. The sensor may be attached to the inside or outside of the rack's front door. • One temperature sensor is to be attached near the top of the rack's front door by using a cable tie to secure the wire to the perforation (approximate 12" [305mm] from the top). Do not wrap a cable tie around the actual sensor on the end of the wire. This sensor will monitor for hot air wrapping over the top of the rack from the hot aisle. • The other temperature sensor is to be attached to the rack's front door, centered in front of the heat generating equipment that will be drawing in air. • If the rack is completely filled with equipment, locate the sensor in the middle of the door, width and height. • If the rack is partially filled with equipment, locate the sensor in the center of the equipment on the front door. • Do NOT • Install a sensor in the hot aisle • Leave a sensor coiled on top of or inside the rack. • With the temperature sensors in place, neatly route the wires up the rack door and into the rack securing them with the supplied cable ties. Be sure to leave an appropriate amount of slack in the cable to allow the rack door to open and close without binding or pinching the wires. • Affix the 2T sensor housing to the rack using the supplied hook-and-loop fastener. Emerson recommends installing the housing in an easily accessible space with the sensor number label visible for maintenance and troubleshooting. • Repeat this process until all sensors have been installed.

149

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 131 2T rack sensors installed on neighboring racks-600mm (24") models 600mm (24") Liebert CRV’s shown; arrangement is same for 300mm (12") units

2T Sensor Chain 12" (305mm)

Approximate center of rack; in front of IT equipment

Install temperature sensors on the perforated portion of the rack door using the supplied zip-ties. Ensure that the door can swing freely without binding the cables.

Liebert® CRV™

DPN001983 Rev. 1

150

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

Figure 132 2T rack sensors installed on neighboring racks-300mm (12") models 4-3/8" (112mm)

Sensor wire enters 300mm (12") Liebert CRV’s at rear; refer to Figure 130.

1-5/8" (41mm) 2 5/8" (67mm)

3/16" (4mm) 86 (3 3/8")

Maximum Depth 1-5/8" (41mm)

FRONT VIEW

Each temperature probe wire is 6ft (1.8m) long

REAR VIEW Temperature sensing probes

12" (305mm)

Cable Connection Entry Top Inlet

Approximate center of rack in front of equipment

Remove terminating plug. Install terminating plug into last sensor.

Install CAN cable into the slot previously occupied by the terminating plug. Liebert IntelliSlot temperature sensor located in the rear of the unit.

Install temperature sensors on the perforated portion of the rack door using the supplied wire ties. Ensure door can swing open freely without binding cables.

Bottom inlet see DPN002813 for Air, Water/Glycol units and DPN002815 for Chilled Water units.

DPN002975 REV 0

The sensors can be set up to either display or control temperature, give them a rack name and draw a rack layout that can be viewed in the User menu. To do so, go to the Service / Rack Setup Menu of the Liebert iCOM® display.

151

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Wiring

13.8

Remote Rack Sensor Operation and Rack View Setup

Figure 133 Remote Sensor Setup, page 1 of 1

Once the remote rack sensors have been configured and plugged into the CANbus network, the control can be configured to use the sensor for either control or reference. If the sensor is set to Disable, it will be ignored. The sensor node number corresponds to the DIP switch assignment of the sensor.

Liebert® CRV™

152

Operation

14.0 OPERATION Figure 134 Temperature and humidity sensor terminal, viewed from the rear of the unit-600mm (24") models

Temperature and Humidity Sensor Terminal

Air Temperature Suction Probe Position-Only With Temperature Control

Figure 135 Temperature and humidity sensor and filter clog sensor viewed from front of unit-300mm (12") DX models

Filter Clog Sensor

Temperature and humidity sensor

The control system compares the relayed information with the programmed setpoint and proportional band values and performs one of the following operations: Cooling—Direct expansion mode (DX): The compressor is started and the cold refrigerant flows through the evaporator, thus cooling the air passing through it. Liebert recommends using the supply temperature sensor to control the cooling capacity of the Liebert CRV, but cooling can be managed from any of the temperature sensors. The supply temperature is an accurate representation of the actual heat rejection the Liebert CRV needs to perform. Chilled water Liebert CRV models will modulate the cooling capacity from 0% to 100% and DX models will modulate the cooling capacity from 20% to100% compressor capacity. To avoid short-cycling the compressor during room heat load changes, the Liebert CRV will not deactivate the compressor until the air temperature is below 150% of temperature setpoint when in Remote or Supply Air Control or below 200% of temperature setpoint when operating in Return Air Control. Chilled Water Mode (CW)—The three-way valve is opened and the chilled water flows through the coil, thus cooling the air passing through it.

153

Liebert® CRV™

Operation

Reheating—Electrical heating (optional): The heating elements heat the air passing over them during dehumidifcation. The heating control is active only when the unit is in dehumidification mode. The reheats will only activate when the unit is dehumidifying. The reheats will begin activation when the control temperature has dropped to -66% of the control's proportional band and will deactivate when temperature setpoint has been reached. Dehumidification (DX mode)—The temperature of the cooling coil is reduced to remove moisture from the air (refer to Service menus-Setpoints parameters screen - Page 2, Service menus-Setpoints parameters screen - Page 3, Service menus-Diagnostics / service mode parameters screen - Page 3 and Service menus-Opt). NOTE If dehumidification cannot reach its setpoint within a set amount of time, the unit will delay dehumidification to allow the room temperature to stabilize. • In dehumidification mode, the air after passing over the coil is reheated (if needed) by electrical heaters to stabilize the initial temperature. Humidification (optional)—The humidifier creates steam, which is distributed into the air stream via the steam distribution pipe. (See also Appendix A - Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only). The Liebert CRV's humidification is activated when the measured temperature and humidity sensor has been calculated to exceed the corresponding dew point setpoint. The dew point setpoint is calculated based on the temperature and humidity of the sensor set to control the control setpoint and relative humidity. Example: Temperature Setpoint 72°F / Humidity Setpoint 50% = 52°F Dew Point NOTE The Liebert iCOM® control monitors the condition of the air discharging from the unit to protect neighboring electronic equipment. Liebert iCOM will prevent the humidifier from activating if the discharge air is near its saturation point. This protects against discharging fog from the unit or condensation forming on the unit's supply air baffles. This protection mode is activated when the supply sensor reading is below 53°F (11.7°C) or above 55% relative humidity. When this condition is met a message will display showing “humidifier” suspended. The status of the humidifier lockout can be viewed in the Service/Diagnostics menu. These protections do not apply to the external humidifier output.

Liebert® CRV™

154

Operation

14.1

Alarms/Events The following alarms and events are supported by the Liebert iCOM® control on the Liebert CRV. When an alarm is triggered the alarm sounds, the LED will flash red, an event will be written to the Event Log and the BMS will be notified. If the alarm is acknowledged, the alarm will silence and the LED will turn solid red. When the alarm condition is resolved, the LED lights green and the BMS alarm notification is reset. BMS Disconnected

Heaters Overheated

Power Off

Unit 10 Disconnected

Bottom Fan Failure

High CW Temp

Power On

Unit 11 Disconnected

Call Service

High Return Humidity

Rack Sensor 1 Failure

Unit 12 Disconnected

Clogged Filters

High Return Temperature

Rack Sensor 10 Failure

Unit 13 Disconnected

Comp 1 High Pressure

High Supply Temperature

Rack Sensor 2 Failure

Unit 14 Disconnected

Comp 1 Hrs Exceeded

High Temperature

Rack Sensor 3 Failure

Unit 15 Disconnected

Comp 1 Low Pressure

Hp Transducer 1 Fail

Rack Sensor 4 Failure

Unit 16 Disconnected

Comp 1 Pumpdown Fail

Hum Disabled

Rack Sensor 5 Failure

Unit 17 Disconnected

Comp 1 Short Cycle

Hum Enabled

Rack Sensor 6 Failure

Unit 18 Disconnected

Comp Power Reduction

Hum Hrs Exceeded

Rack Sensor 7 Failure

Unit 19 Disconnected

Compressor(S) Lockout

Humidifier Cylinder Worn

Rack Sensor 8 Failure

Unit 20 Disconnected

Cond Pump-High Water

Humidifier High Amps

Rack Sensor 9 Failure

Unit 21 Disconnected

Condenser 1 Failure

Humidifier Lockout

RAM / Battery Fail

Unit 22 Disconnected

Control Valve Failure

Humidifier Low Amps

Reheat Lockout

Unit 23 Disconnected

Customer Input 1

Humidifier Low Water

Room Humidity Problem

Unit 24 Disconnected

Customer Input 2

Humidifier Problem

Room Sensor Failure

Unit 25 Disconnected

Customer Input 3

Loss of Airflow

Smoke Detected

Unit 26 Disconnected

Customer Input 4

Loss of CW Flow

Standby Mode

Unit 27 Disconnected

Dehum Disabled

Loss of Flow

Supply Sensor Failure

Unit 28 Disconnected

Dehum Disabled 12hrs

Loss of Power

System Off Confirmed

Unit 29 Disconnected

Dehum Enabled

Low Memory 1

System Off Requested

Unit 30 Disconnected

Dehum Hrs Exceeded

Low Return Humidity

Top Fan Failure

Unit 31 Disconnected

Dig Scroll1 High Temp

Low Supply Temperature

Unit 01 Disconnected

Unit 32 Disconnected

Dscroll 1 Sensor Fail

LP Transducer 1 Fail

Unit 02 Disconnected

Unit Code Missing

El Heat1 Hrs Exceeded

Lwd Sensor Fail

Unit 03 Disconnected

Unit Disabled

Fire Alarm

Maintenance Done

Unit 04 Disconnected

Unit Hrs Exceeded

Fluid Sensor Failure

Maintenance to be Done!

Unit 05 Disconnected

Unit Off

General Alarm

Network Failure

Unit 06 Disconnected

Unit On

HCB Not Connected

No Connection w/Unit1

Unit 07 Disconnected

Unit Shut Down

Heat Rej TVSS

No Power

Unit 08 Disconnected

Water Under Floor

Heat Rej VFD

On-Off Key Disabled

Unit 09 Disconnected

155

Liebert® CRV™

Operation

Table 37

Liebert CRV™ - Glossary Controller

Data Label Air Temperature Control Sensor Air Temperature Dead Band Air Temperature Set Point Auto Restart Delay BMS Communications Timeout BMS Timeout Period Bottom Fan Issue Calculated Next Maintenance Month Calculated Next Maintenance Year Chilled Water Control Valve Failure Clogged Air Filter Compressor 1 High Head Pressure Compressor 1 High Pressure Transducer Issue Compressor 1 Hours Exceeded Compressor 1 Low Pressure Transducer Issue Compressor 1 Low Suction Pressure Compressor 1 Pump Down Issue Compressor 1 Short Cycle Condenser 1 Issue Condenser Circuit Unspecified General Event Condenser Control Board Issue Condenser Fan Issue Condenser Low Noise Mode - Full Days Condenser Low Noise Mode - Interval Days Condenser Low Noise Mode Max Fan Speed Condenser Low Noise Mode Schedule Control Condenser Low Noise Mode Start Time Condenser Low Noise Mode State Condenser Low Noise Mode Stop Time Condenser Max Fan Speed Override Condenser Normal Mode Max Fan Speed Condenser Outside Air Temp Out of Operating Range Condenser Outside Air Temp Sensor Issue

Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® v4 Data Description Sensor from which air temperature measurements will be used for cooling and heating control. Value that is divided evenly to form a temperature range above and below [Air Temperature Set Point]. If measured air temperature is within this range, no heating or cooling will occur. Desired air temperature. This set point is dependent upon which sensor is selected for control. If power is lost, the control will delay this amount of time after power is restored before restarting the unit. Building Management System (or external monitoring system) has not communicated with the system within the expected timeframe. Timeframe within which the Building Management System (or external monitoring system) must communicate with the system to avoid a timeout. The bottom fan is not operating within its normal parameters. Calculated month of the next scheduled maintenance. Used in conjunction with [Calculated Next Maintenance Year]. Calculated year of the next scheduled maintenance. Used in conjunction with [Calculated Next Maintenance Month]. Chilled water valve out of position. Chilled water control valve position does not match expected value. Air filter is dirty and needs to be (cleaned or) replaced. Compressor 1 high head pressure Compressor 1 high pressure transducer is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Operating hours for compressor 1 have exceeded the threshold. Compressor 1 low pressure transducer is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Compressor 1 low suction pressure. Unable to pump down suction-side pressure during compressor 1 shutdown. Compressor 1 short cycle. A short cycle is defined as turning on and off a number of times over a set time period. Condenser 1 is not operating within its normal parameters. One or more unspecified condenser circuit events active. See local unit display for further details. The condenser control board is reporting an issue. Condenser fan is not operating within its operational parameters. Days of the week selected for low noise mode full day scheduling. Days of the week selected for low noise mode interval scheduling. Maximum fan speed when condenser is placed in low noise mode. Enable/disable scheduled control of condenser low noise mode. The time of day at which the condenser will transition into low noise mode. State of condenser low noise mode scheduler control. The time of day at which the condenser will transition out of low noise mode. Fan speed exceeding the maximum set point in order to alleviate a high temperature or pressure condition. Maximum fan speed when condenser is not in low noise mode. [Condenser Outside Air Temperature] is either above an upper threshold or below a lower threshold. Condenser outside air temperature sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range.

156

Operation

Table 37

Liebert CRV™ - Glossary (continued) Controller

Data Label Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Over Threshold Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Issue Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Under Threshold Condenser Supply Refrigerant Over Temp Condenser Supply Refrigerant Temp Sensor Issue Condenser Supply Refrigerant Under Temp Condenser TVSS Issue Condenser Unit Unspecified General Event Condenser VFD Issue Cooling Capacity (Primary) Cooling Proportional Band Customer Input 1 Customer Input 2 Customer Input 3 Customer Input 4 Dehumidification Proportional Band Dehumidifier Hours Exceeded Dehumidifier Utilization Dig Scroll Comp 1 Over Temp Dig Scroll Comp 1 Temp Sensor Issue Electric Reheater Hours Exceeded Ext Compressor Lockout Ext Condenser Pump High Water Ext Humidifier Lockout Ext Loss of Flow Ext Over Temperature Ext Reheat Lockout Ext Standby Glycol Pump On External Fire Detected Fan Control Mode Fan Control Sensor Fan Hours Exceeded Fan Speed Manual Set Point Fan Speed Maximum Set Point Fan Speed Minimum Set Point

Liebert iCOM® v4 Data Description Condenser refrigerant pressure has exceeded a threshold. Condenser refrigerant pressure sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Condenser refrigerant pressure has dropped below a threshold. Condenser supply refrigerant temperature has exceeded a threshold. Condenser supply refrigerant temperature sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Condenser supply refrigerant temperature has dropped below a specified threshold. The condenser Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor device has failed. One or more unspecified condenser unit events active. See local unit display for further details. The condenser fan Variable Frequency Drive is offline. Compressor utilization or chilled water valve position, based on unit type. Temperature control band above [Air Temperature Set Point]. If measured air temperature is within this band, cooling operations are proportionally controlled. Customer Input 1. Customer input 2. Customer input 3. Customer input 4. Humidity control band above [Humidity Set Point]. If measured humidity is within this band, dehumidification operations are proportionally controlled. Operating hours for the dehumidifier have exceeded the threshold. Present dehumidifier utilization expressed as a percentage of the maximum rated capacity. Digital scroll compressor 1 shut off because its head temperature has exceeded the upper threshold. Digital scroll compressor 1 temperature sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Operating hours for electric reheater have exceeded the threshold. The compressor is shut down and disabled by an external input signal. High water is detected in the condenser, as indicated by an external input signal. The humidifier is shut down and disabled by an external input signal. Loss of flow is detected, as indicated by an external input signal. A temperature has exceeded its threshold, as indicated by an external input signal. The reheater is shut down and disabled by an external input signal. The standby glycol pump is on, as indicated by an external input signal. Fire detected, as indicated by an external input signal. Fan control mode. Allowable modes are: (0) Auto - Fan speed is controlled via the selected fan control sensor, and, (1) Manual - Fan will operate at a fixed speed. Sensor from which air temperature measurements will be used for fan speed control. Operating hours for the unit blower fan have exceeded the threshold. Manual fan speed. Maximum fan speed. Minimum fan speed.

157

Liebert® CRV™

Operation

Table 37

Liebert CRV™ - Glossary (continued) Controller

Data Label Fan Speed Proportional Band Fan Speed Heating Proportional Band High Power Shutdown High Return Humidity Threshold High Return Humidity Humidification Proportional Band Humidifier Control Board Not Detected Humidifier Cylinder Worn Humidifier Hours Exceeded Humidifier Issue Humidifier Low Water Humidifier Over Current Humidifier Under Current Humidifier Utilization Humidity Dead Band Humidity Set Point Loss of Air Flow Low Return Humidity Threshold Low Return Humidity Maintenance Completed Maintenance Due Maintenance Ramp Master Unit Communication Lost Operating Efficiency RAM Battery Issue Reheat Utilization Reheater Over Temperature Remote Sensor Average Temperature

Remote Sensor Function

Remote Sensor Issue Remote Sensor Maximum Temperature Remote Sensor Minimum Temperature Remote Sensor Temperature Calculation Remote Sensor Temperature Liebert® CRV™

Liebert iCOM® v4 Data Description Temperature control band above the temperature set point calculated for proportional fan speed control. If measured air temperature is within this band, fan speed operations are proportionally controlled. Fan speed expressed as a percentage of the maximum rated speed. Temperature control band below [Air Temperature Set Point]. If measured air temperature is within this band, heating operations are proportionally controlled. Supply to high power components has been shutdown. Threshold value used in the [High Return Humidity] event. Return air high humidity event. Humidity control band below [Humidity Set Point]. If measured humidity is within this band, humidification operations are proportionally controlled. Humidifier control board is required to be connected, but no signal is detected. Humidifier cylinder is not operating properly and needs to be replaced. Operating hours for the humidifier have exceeded the threshold. Humidifier issue detected, causing it to be locked out. The water level in the humidifier has dropped below its threshold. The electrical current to the humidifier has exceeded its upper threshold. The electrical current to the humidifier has dropped below its lower threshold. Present humidifier utilization expressed as a percentage of the maximum rated capacity. Value that is divided evenly to form a range above and below [Humidity Set Point]. If measured humidity is within this range, no humidification or dehumidification will occur. Desired relative humidity. No air flow through the unit due to failure of all fans. Threshold value used in the [Low Return Humidity] event. Return air low humidity event. Maintenance has been completed on the unit. The calculated maintenance date has been reached. The ratio of operations performed to the calculated operations available between maintenance intervals. Communication with master unit has been lost. The ratio of cooling energy provided to the amount of total energy being used. RAM or RAM backup battery is not operating correctly. Present reheating utilization expressed as a percentage of the maximum rated capacity. The temperature of the reheater has exceeded its threshold. Average value of remote sensor temperature measurements. Function assigned to remote sensor. Available values are: (0) Control sensor will be used in calculation of remote sensor temperature that may be used for heating and cooling control, (1) Reference - sensor will not be used in calculation of remote sensor temperature, but is enabled, (2) Disable - sensor is disabled Remote sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Maximum value of remote sensor temperature measurements. Minimum value of remote sensor temperature measurements. Calculation method applied to temperature readings from the remote sensors to determine a single temperature measurement value for cooling and heating control. Air temperature as measured by remote sensor. 158

Operation

Table 37

Liebert CRV™ - Glossary (continued) Controller

Data Label Return Air Over Temp Threshold Return Air Over Temperature Return Air Sensor Issue Return Air Temperature Return Dew Point Return Humidity Out Of Proportional Band Return Humidity Server Class Service Required Shutdown - Loss Of Power Smoke Detected Supply Air Over Temp Threshold Supply Air Over Temperature Supply Air Sensor Issue Supply Air Temperature Supply Air Under Temp Threshold Supply Air Under Temperature Supply Chilled Water Loss of Flow Supply Chilled Water Over Temp Threshold Supply Chilled Water Over Temp Supply Chilled Water Temperature Supply Fluid Temp Sensor Issue Supply Humidity System Control Mode System Date and Time System Event Acknowledge/Reset System On/Off Control System Operating State Reason System Operating State System Status Top Fan Issue Unit Off Unit On Unit Partial Shutdown Unit Shutdown Unit Standby Unspecified General Event Water Leakage Detector Sensor Issue Water Under Floor

Liebert iCOM® v4 Data Description Threshold value used in the [Return Air Over Temperature] event. Return air high temperature event. The air sensor at the inlet of the unit is disconnected or the signal is out of range. The temperature of the inlet air Dew point temperature measured at the inlet of the unit. [Return Humidity] has exceeded the upper limit of [Dehumidification Proportional Band], or has dropped below the lower limit of [Humidification Proportional Band] ], for an extended period of time. Relative humidity measured at the inlet of the unit. The general classification for this system Unit requires servicing. System lost power. This event becomes active when the unit is powered on following an unexpected loss of power. This event remains active for 90 minutes. Smoke detected. Threshold value used in the [Supply Air Over Temperature] event. Supply air high temperature event. The air sensor at the outlet of the unit is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Air temperature measured at the outlet of the unit. Threshold value used in the [Supply Air Under Temperature] event. Supply air low temperature event. Supply chilled water flow is too low. Threshold value used in the [Supply Chilled Water Over Temp] event. [Supply Chilled Water Temperature] has exceeded [Supply Chilled Water Over Temp Threshold]. Supply chilled water temperature. The supply fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Relative humidity at the outlet of the unit. System control mode. The system date and time Reset and/or acknowledge all events. Turn system functionality on or off. The reason the system is in the current operating state. Current operating state of the system. The operating status for the system The top fan is not operating within its normal parameters. Unit was turned off. Unit was turned on. An event has occurred requiring some system components to be shutdown and disabled. An event has occurred requiring the unit to be shutdown and disabled to prevent damage to the system. Unit was placed in standby mode. One or more unspecified events active. See local unit display for further details. The water leakage detector sensor is disconnected or the signal is out of range. Water under the floor is detected.

159

Liebert® CRV™

Calibration and Regulation after Startup

15.0 CALIBRATION AND REGULATION AFTER STARTUP The Liebert CRV has been factory-tested and calibrated, but it is very important to check, at startup, the superheating of the thermostatic valve (A/W versions). • For calibrations of instruments installed on the external condensers/drycoolers, refer to the manual for the equipment. • For control system calibrations, refer to the Liebert iCOM® manual, SL-18835. (To prevent erratic operation, do not use temperature and relative humidity setpoints/proportional bands that differ excessively from the default settings.)

15.1

Thermostatic Expansion Valve The Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TEV) performs one function: It keeps the evaporator supplied with enough refrigerant to satisfy load conditions. It does not effect compressor operation. Proper valve operation can be determined by measuring superheat. The correct superheat setting is between 10 and 20°F (-12 and -6°C). If too little refrigerant is being fed to the evaporator, the superheat will be high; if too much refrigerant is being supplied, the superheat will be low.

15.1.1 Determine Suction Superheat To determine superheat: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Measure the temperature of the suction line at the point the TEV bulb is clamped. Obtain the gauge pressure at the compressor suction valve. Add the estimated pressure drop between the bulb’s location and the suction valve. Convert the sum of the two pressures to the equivalent temperature. Subtract this temperature from the actual suction line temperature. The difference is superheat.

15.1.2 Adjust Superheat Setting with the TEV To adjust the superheat setting: 1. Remove the valve cap at the bottom of the valve. 2. Turn the adjusting stem counterclockwise to lower the superheat. 3. Turn the adjusting stem clockwise to increase the superheat. NOTE Make no more than one turn of the stem at a time. As long as thirty minutes may be required for the new balance to take place.

15.2

Environmental Protection Misuse or incorrect calibration of the unit leads to increased energy consumption, resulting in economic and environmental damage.

15.3

Calibrating Electrical Components Table 38 Calibrating electrical components Refrigeration Circuit Item No.

Liebert® CRV™

Component

Setting

18-19

High Pressure Transducer

Range 045 barg Output 05V

14

Low Pressure Transducer

Range 017.3 barg Output 05V

3

High Pressure Switch (HP)

STOP 38.7±1 barg START 30.0±1.5 barg (fixed setting manual reset)

—

Clogged Filter Differential Pressure Switch (CF)

Setpoint range 0.54 mbar Filter G4 = 2 mbar

160

Notes See Liebert iCOM® User Manual, SL-18835

Contact — —

Reset

Normally Closed

Setting Ring

Normally Closed

Maintenance

16.0 MAINTENANCE 16.1

Safety Instructions All maintenance operations must strictly observe national, state and local accident prevention regulations, especially the regulations concerning electrical systems, refrigerators and manufacturing resources. Air conditioning equipment maintenance may be performed only by authorized properly trained and qualified personnel. To keep all warranties valid, the maintenance must adhere to the manufacturer’s regulations.

! WARNING Arc flash and electric shock hazard. Can cause injury and death. Open all local and remote electric power supplies, verify with a voltmeter that power is Off and wear appropriate personal protective equipment per NFPA 70E before working within the electric control enclosure. Before proceeding with installation, read all instructions, verify that all the parts are included and check the nameplate to be sure the voltage matches available utility power. The Liebert iCOM® microprocessor does not isolate power from the unit, even in the Unit Off mode. Some internal components require and receive power even during the Unit Off mode of the Liebert iCOM control. The factory-supplied optional disconnect switch is inside the unit. The line side of this switch contains live hazardous voltage potential. Install and open a remote disconnect switch and verify with a voltmeter that live hazardous voltage potential is not present inside the unit cabinet before working within. Refer to the unit electrical schematic. Follow all national and local codes.

! WARNING Risk of contact with rotating fan blades and extremely hot and/or cold surfaces. Can cause

equipment damage, injury and death. Disconnect all local and remote electric power supplies before working within the electric connection enclosures. Perform maintenance only when the system is de-energized, all fan blades have stopped rotating and component temperatures have become safe for human contact. • Turn Off the system by switching it Off at the controller and the main disconnect switch. • Post a warning sign saying Do not switch on. • Electrical components of the unit must be switched Off and checked using a voltmeter to ensure they are not receiving electrical input power.

! WARNING Risk of hair, clothing and jewelry entanglement with high speed rotating fan blades. Can cause equipment damage, serious injury or death.

Keep hair, jewelry and loose clothing secured and away from rotating fan blades during operation.

NOTICE Risk of improper maintenance. Can cause equipment damage. All maintenance must be performed only by authorized properly trained and qualified personnel. Ignoring safety instructions can be dangerous to persons as well as to the environment. Soiled parts always cause a loss of performance and, for switch or control devices, can lead to the breakdown of a plant. 161

Liebert® CRV™

Maintenance

16.2

Facility Fluid and Piping Maintenance for Water and Glycol Systems Maintaining facility water and glycol quality is required throughout the life of the coolant fluid piping system. Fluid and piping system maintenance schedules must be established and performed. A coolant fluid maintenance program must be established that will evaluate fluid chemistry and apply necessary treatment. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. Perform periodic inspections of the facility and the unit coil and/or heat exchanger and coolant fluid piping system for leaks and visible damage.

16.3

Glycol Solution Maintenance It is difficult to establish a specific schedule of inhibitor maintenance since the rate of inhibitor depletion depends upon local water conditions. Analysis of water samples at the time of installation and through a maintenance program should help to establish a pattern of depletion. A visual inspection of the solution and filter residue is often helpful in judging whether active corrosion is occurring. The complexity of water/glycol solution condition problems and the variations of required treatment programs make it extremely important to obtain the advice of a competent and experienced water treatment specialist and follow a regularly scheduled coolant fluid system maintenance program. It is important to note that improper use of water treatment chemicals can cause problems more serious than using none. Proper inhibitor maintenance must be performed in order to prevent corrosion of the glycol system. Consult the glycol manufacturer for testing and maintenance of inhibitors. Do not mix products from different manufacturers.

16.4

Spare Parts Only original spare parts made by Emerson Network Power may be used. Using third-party material can invalidate the warranty. When making seeking technical assistance, always refer to the component list supplied with the equipment, and specify the model number, serial number and, if available, the part number. NOTE 1. When replacing a faulty component, follow the relevant manufacturer instructions. 2. When the spare parts must be brazed, be careful not to damage the internal parts (gaskets, seals, O-rings, etc.).

16.5

Maintenance Schedule Conduct monthly, quarterly, biannual and annual checks according to the following guidelines. All tasks and time periods listed here are the manufacturers’ regulations and must be documented in an inspection report.

Liebert® CRV™

162

Maintenance

Table 39

Maintenance schedule Maintenance Period Monthly By User

Component

General

Filters

Check unit display for clogged-filter warning

X

Check for irregular noise from unit fans

X

Check for irregular noise from compressor (if applicable)

X

Check for irregular noise from remote condenser fan(s) (if applicable)

X

Every 3 Months

Check state of filters

X

Replace air filter if necessary

X

Check filter switch functionality X

Check bearings

X

Check motor mounts for tightness

X

Check fan safety switch

X

Check condition of contacts Electrical/Electronics

Steam-Generating Humidifier

X

Check electrical connections

X

Check operation of controller

X

Check unit operation sequence

X

Check cylinder and pan

X

Check condition of steam hoses

X

Verify filling solenoid valve is operating properly

X

Check circuit for leakage/general condition Cooling Water Circuit (Water/Glycol and Chilled Water Units)

X

Check water (glycol) inlet temperature

X

Check water regulating valve operation

X

Check in/out water (glycol) Δt

X

Check mixture glycol level (if applicable) Check compressor noise/vibrations

Refrigerating Circuit

X X

Check oil level through compressor sight glass

X

Adjust/tighten compressor/functional elements

X

Check sight glass for problem detection

X

Check starting/running amps

X

Check refrigerating circuit main pressures

X

Check compressor suction superheat

X

Check discharge temperature

X

Check subcooling

X

Check fan bearings Air-Cooled Condenser/Drycooler (if applicable)

X

Check fan motor mounts for tightness

X

Check coil condition

X

Check pipeline supports

X

Check fan speed controller operation Water/Glycol Pump

Annually

X

Verify impellers move freely Blowers

Every 6 Months

X

See manual for the pump

163

Liebert® CRV™

Maintenance

16.6

Inspect and Replace the Air Filters—600mm (24") Models Check the air filter monthly to maintain efficient air distribution through the evaporator coil.

! WARNING Risk of contact with high speed rotating fan blades. Can cause serious injury or death. Open all local and remote electric power disconnect switches, verify with a voltmeter that power is Off and verify that the fan blades have stopped rotating before opening the cabinet door. 1. Switch Off the CRV. 2. Open the rear panel by rotating the three locks with a screwdriver. 3. Wait until the fans stop rotating. When you open the first lock, you also open a safety switch that cuts the input power; see Figure 136 below. Figure 136 Air filter location and input power safety switch—600mm (24") models

Air Filter

Safety Switches

Safety Switch

To extract the filters (refer to Figure 137: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Push up the upper filter. Pull the bottom of the filter away from the Liebert CRV. Pull it out of the unit. Lift the lower filter up Pull the bottom of the filter away from the Liebert CRV. Pull it out of the unit.

Liebert® CRV™

164

Maintenance

Figure 137 Remove the air filters—600mm (24") models Upper Filter

Lower Filter

Support Bar

Support Bar Retaining Screw

Push the upper filter up, pull the bottom away from the Liebert CRV and lift it out of the unit

Slide the lower filter up beyond the support bar and lift it out of the Liebert CRV the same way as the upper filter

After cleaning or replacing the filter and before reassembling the unit, check that the air differential pressure switch pipes (clogged filter alarm) are in the correct position and order. Check also that the drain trays are clean and the pipe secure. Figure 138 Differential pressure switch tubes—600mm (24") models Differential pressure switch tube

Before restarting the unit, be sure that the Liebert CRV’s door is properly closed. If it is ajar, the microswitches on the door will keep the unit in safety status.

165

Liebert® CRV™

Maintenance

16.7

Inspect and Replace the Air Filters—300mm (12") Models Check the air filter monthly to maintain efficient air distribution through the evaporator coil. 1. Switch Off the CRV. 2. Open the rear door. The filters are just inside the door. 3. If the filters appear dirty, loosen the brackets holding the upper filter in place and remove the filter. 4. Repeat Step 3 for the bottom filter. 5. Replace the lower filter, securing it with the adjustable brackets. 6. Replace the upper filter, securing it with the adjustable brackets.

Figure 139 Remove the air filters 300mm (12") models

Upper Air Filter

Brackets like this fit in slot around the rear door of the 300mm (12") models, securing filters Lower Air Filter

After cleaning or replacing the filter and before reassembling the unit, check that the air differential pressure switch tube (clogged filter alarm) are correctly installed. Also verify that the drain trays are clean and the pipe is secure.

Liebert® CRV™

166

Maintenance

Figure 140 Differential pressure switch components, 300mm (12") DX models Differential Pressure Sampling Point

Differential Pressure Switch

167

Liebert® CRV™

Maintenance

16.8

Condensate Drain and Condensate Pump Systems

16.8.1 Condensate Drain Check for and clear obstructions in tubing during routine maintenance.

16.8.2 Condensate Pump, Dual-Float Figure 141 Condensate pump Condensate Pump

600mm (24") Models

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

16.9

300mm (12") DX Models

Disconnect power to the unit using the disconnect switch. Check for and clear obstructions in gravity lines leading to the condensate pump. Remove the sump, clean with a stiff nylon brush and flush with water. Inspect and clear clogs in the discharge check valve and float mechanism. Reassemble and check for leaks.

Air-Cooled Condenser and Drycoolers 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Clear the coil surface of all debris that might inhibit airflow. Check for and correct bent or damaged coil fins. Do not permit snow to accumulate around or under an outdoor unit. Consider having the coil surface commercially cleaned periodically. Inspect fans, motors and controls for proper operation. Check all piping and capillaries for proper support. Inspect for leaks.

16.10 Electrical Heaters 1. Inspect and clean reheat elements. 2. Inspect and tighten support hardware.

Liebert® CRV™

168

Maintenance

16.11 Replace a Fan 16.11.1Fan Replacement on 600mm (24") Models Refer to Figure 142 for the fan assembly components.

! WARNING Risk of electric shock and contact with high speed rotating fans. Can cause injury or death. Open all local and remote electric power disconnect switches, verify that power is off with a voltmeter and verify that all fans have stopped rotating before working inside the unit cabinet or disconnecting the fan power wires. 1. Shut off all power to the unit by closing the main disconnect switch on the electrical panel on the rear of the Liebert CRV. 2. Open the front door. 3. Open the panel assembly that contains the fans, using the quarter-turn latches. 4. Disconnect the fan’s power connections in the electrical junction box. 5. Remove the fan frame assembly by removing the bolts in the corner; there are four bolts at each corner. 6. Set the fan assembly in a work area. 7. Remove the four bolts attaching the fan to be replaced to the fan frame assembly. 8. Reverse the steps to install the replacement fan. Figure 142 Liebert CRV fan assembly components Fan Assembly for 600mm (24") Models Shown

Fan Assembly Corner Brace with Four Bolts Fan Mounting Plate (four bolts attach fan

Fan

Electrical Junction Box

Fan Assembly Corner Brace with Four Bolts

Electrical Junction Box Fan

Fan

Fan Electrical Wire Entry

Two Bolts Each Side of Fan

169

Liebert® CRV™

Maintenance

16.12 Considerations when Dismantling the Unit The Liebert CRV has been designed and built to ensure continuous operation. The working life of some of the main components, such as the fan and the compressor, depends on proper maintenance.

NOTICE Risk of release of hazardous substances into the environment. Can cause environmental pollution and violation of environmental regulations. The Liebert CRV contains substances and components hazardous for the environment (electronic components, refrigerating gases and oils). At the end of its useful life, the Liebert CRV must be dismantled by specialized refrigerating technicians. The unit must be delivered to suitable centers specializing in the collection and disposal of equipment containing hazardous substances. The refrigerating fluid and the lubricating oil inside the circuit must be recovered according to the laws in the relevant country. To recover the gas, use all the connections described in 6.0 Refrigerant Connections for AirCooled Units.

16.13 F-Gas Regulation (EC) No. 842/2006 Stationary air conditioning placed in the European Community market and operating with fluorinated greenhouse gases (F-gas), such as R-134A, R-407C and R-410A, must comply with the Fgas Regulation (applied since July 4, 2007). Following considerations must be observed when operating with the above-mentioned equipment: • Fluorinated greenhouse gases are covered by the Kyoto Protocol. • The fluorinated greenhouse gases in this equipment should not be vented to the atmosphere. • Referring to the value noted in Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 842/2006, the following list specifies the global warming potential (GWP) of some major F-gases: • R-134A: GWP 1300 • R-407C: GWP 1610 • R-410A: GWP 1890 • Operators of the above-mentioned applications, which contain fluorinated greenhouse gases, shall, using all measures that are technically feasible and do not entail disproportionate cost: a. prevent leakage of these gases and, as soon as possible, repair any detected leakage; b. ensure that they are checked for leakage by certified personnel; c. ensure arrangements are put in place for the proper recovery by certified personnel. d. In case of applications containing 3 kg (6 kg in case of hermetically sealed systems) or more of F-gases, certified personnel and companies (according to Reg. 303/2008) provide regular leak testing (according to Reg. 1516/2007 and Reg. 1497/2007) and maintain records of maintenance activities in a dedicated log book. e. Recovery for the purpose of recycling, reclamation or destruction of the fluorinated greenhouse gases, pursuant to Art. 4 (Recovery) of Reg.842/2006, shall take place before the final disposal of that equipment and, when appropriate, during its servicing and maintenance. • Operator, according to Reg. 842/2006, Article 2, point 6, means the natural or legal person exercising actual power over the technical functioning of the equipment and system covered by the Regulation. The State may, in defined, specific situations, designate the owner as being responsible for the operator's obligations. • Direct methods of leakage checking approved by the manufacturer (Reg. 1516/2007 and Reg. 1497/2007): a. gas detection device adapted to the refrigerant in the system; the sensitivity of portable gas detection devices (as a direct test method) shall be at least five grams per year. b. proprietary bubble solutions / soapsuds. Liebert® CRV™

170

Maintenance

• Additional information located in a dedicated label of the unit (Reg. 1494/2007): a. Where fluorinated greenhouse gas is foreseen to be added to the equipment outside of the manufacturing site at the point of installation, a dedicated label accommodates notation of both the quantity (kg) pre-charged in the manufacturing plant and the quantity charged at the installation site, as well as the resulting total quantity of F-gas as a combination of the above-mentioned quantities, in a manner that conforms to legibility and indelibility. Our split units are usually not pre-charged at the factory; in this case, the total quantity of refrigerant charged in the unit must be written in the relevant label, during the commissioning operation at the installation site. b. Our packaged units (not split) operating with F-gas are usually fully charged at the factory, and the total amount of refrigerant charge is already reported on the label. In this case, the label has no need of further written information. c. In general, the above-mentioned information has been located in the main nameplate of the relevant unit. d. For equipment with double refrigeration circuits, in regards to different requirements based on the quantity of F-gas contained, the required information about refrigerant charge quantities must be listed separately for each individual circuit. e. For equipment with separate indoor and outdoor sections connected by refrigerant piping, the label information will be on that part of the equipment that is initially charged with the refrigerant. In case of a split system (separate indoor and outdoor sections) without a factory precharge of refrigerant, the mandatory label information will be on that part of the product or equipment that contains the most suitable service points for charging or recovering the fluorinated greenhouse gas(es). • Safety data sheets of F-gases used into the products are available on demand.

171

Liebert® CRV™

Troubleshooting

17.0 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 40

Unit diagnostics

Problem

Possible Cause

Corrective Action

Dirty filters

Replace filters

Filter clog sensor failure

Call Emerson Network Power®

Incorrect positioning of remote temperature sensor(s)

Verify that remote temperature sensors are correctly positioned Verify CANbus cable connections and CANbus termination are correct.

Remote temperature sensor(s) issue

Adjust remote sensor mode(max/average) and number of sensors calculated in average. Contact your local Emerson representative

Rack temperature is too high

Chilled water units: inlet water temperature is too high

Check cooling water temperature

Refrigerating circuit charge issue

Contact your local Emerson representative Verify unit positioning/room configuration

Cold air short-cycling issues

Verify unit air baffles set-up

Insufficient room-cooling capacity

Reduce rack heat load or add cooling units

Chilled water-regulating valve issue

Contact your local Emerson representative

Unit safety device tripped

Contact your local Emerson representative

Verify cold aisle containment seals (if applicable)

Verify air temperature setpoint and temperature control sensor reading Verify suction pressure in the service menus, diagnostic service icon with the compressor loaded to 100%. If the suction drops below 109 psi (7.5 bar), the compressor capacity will decrease to help build suction. Verify suction transducer reading is correct compared with a manifold gauge.

Compressor will not load

Evaporator Fans will not modulate from 100%

Verify suction pressure in the service menus, diagnostic service icon with the compressor loaded to 100%. If the suction drops below 109 psi (7.5 bar), the fan speed will increase to help build suction. Verify suction transducer reading is correct compared with a manifold gauge.

Low pressure condition detected

Contact your local Emerson representative See 11.3 Liebert CRV Operation—Liebert iCOM Control

Fan control not properly set

Liebert® CRV™

Contact your local Emerson representative

172

Troubleshooting

Table 40

Unit diagnostics

Problem

Possible Cause

Corrective Action Air-cooled units: Verify that remote condenser fan(s) are running

Check accuracy of transducer by attaching a manifold gauge to discharge side of compressor. Compare gauge Capacity Reduced Condensing pressure (head pressure) has reading to what is shown in Service Menus, Diagnostic due to HP Alarm service mode. (Comp Reduced by exceeded 493 psig (34 bar) HP) Water/glycol units: Check cooling water supply Water/glycol units: Check cooling water temp Contact Emerson Network Power Verify sensor reading in User Menu, Sensor Data. Digital Scroll Sensor Failure

Sensor disconnected

Check plug connections Contact your local Emerson representative

Low return temperature

Place a unit into standby (if applicable) Install blanking panels in open areas of racks. Consult your local Emerson representative.

Low Supply Temperature Alarm/ Poor airflow Room Overcooling

Low Room Humidity

Direct discharge baffles to heat source

Supply chilled water temperature too low.

Check cooling water temperature

Humidifier Suspended message.

See 11.3.5 Humidification Check fault LED on humidifier PCB enclosure.

Humidifier problem alarm.

See A.1.6 Humidifier Troubleshooting

Room Humidity Problem

Room humidity has exceeded the humidity control band for 36 hours straight. Verify setpoints and confirm room is properly sealed.

Dehum Suspended message

The operated in dehumidification for excessive time. Dehumidifcation is suspended to prevent condensation for forming on accent panels and other areas.

Room Humidity Problem

Room humidity has been below the humidity control band for 36 hours straight. Verify setpoints and confirm room is properly sealed.

Fan is faulty

Contact your local Emerson representative

High Room Humidity

Confirm rear door switches are made Unit fan fails to start

Confirm fan contactor is pulled in Top or Bottom Fan Failure Alarm Confirm line voltage is present at the fan Contact your local Emerson representative

173

Liebert® CRV™

Troubleshooting

Table 40

Unit diagnostics

Problem

Possible Cause

Corrective Action

Room humidity is over acceptable limit Water drops carried Condensate pan drain is clogged by airflow Problem with humidifier control

Water on the floor around the unit

Unsteady air delivery temperature

Local display is not operational but unit operates

Check room condition Contact your local Emerson representative Contact your local Emerson representative

Unit is not properly leveled

Adjust the leveling feet

Unit condensate drain pipe is clogged

Remove pipe obstruction

Chilled water and water/glycol units: leak in the water circuit

Locate and repair the leak

Piping insulation broken/damaged

Restore insulation integrity

Leak in the draining circuit

Contact your local Emerson representative

Condensate pump is faulty

Contact your local Emerson representative

Leak in the humidifier filling hose

Contact your local Emerson representative

Incorrect positioning of remote temperature sensor(s)

Verify correct positioning of temperature sensors

Unbalanced heat load distribution

Redistribute rack heat load

Remote temperature sensor(s) issue

Contact your local Emerson representative

Faulty temperature sensor(s)

Contact your local Emerson representative

Unit controller issue

Contact your local Emerson representative

Local display cable disconnected

Connect cable

Local display cable damaged

Replace cable

Local display configuration lost

Contact your local Emerson representative

Unit electrical supply is Off

Restore electrical supply

Local display is not Unit main switch is Off operational and unit Control board supply issue does not operate Control board issue

Table 41

Switch On the unit Contact your local Emerson representative Contact your local Emerson representative

Liebert iCOM® medium control board DIPswitch settings

DIPswitch Number

Compressorized CRV Models CR019, CR020 and CR035

Chilled Water Model-CR040

1

On

Off

2

Off

Off

3

On

Off

4

Off

Off

5

Off

Off

6

Off

Off

7

Off

On

8

On

On

Liebert® CRV™

174

Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only

APPENDIX A - HUMIDIFIER—600MM (24") UNITS ONLY A.1

PRINCIPAL OF OPERATION When the Liebert iCOM® calls, the cylinder fills to 100% of the Full Load Amperage (FLA) or to the top of the cylinder, whichever comes first. See Figure 143. If it reaches 100% FLA, the water heats and boils away to a level giving 80% FLA. An electronic timer uses the rate of amp fall to determine the water level. The objective is to concentrate current carrying minerals in the cylinder so that a smaller volume of water is required to produce the rated steam output. This extends the life of the disposable cylinder by minimizing electrode coverage and reducing energy use because the high concentration allows a minimal drain rate. When 80% FLA is reached, the fill valve will open, refilling the cylinder to 100% FLA. On occasion, the drain valve will also come on if the water level is too low, indicating too high a concentration and the need to dilute the water in the cylinder. If the water reaches the top of the cylinder before 100% FLA, the fill valve shuts Off via the sensor, and the fill-boil-fill-boil cycle continues, cycling Off the red high water sensor light until the concentration becomes high enough to reach 100% FLA. The above-described control process will then take over.

Figure 143 General diagram—humidifier operation

NOTE The Liebert iCOM control monitors the condition of the air discharging from the unit to protect neighboring electronic equipment. The Liebert iCOM will prevent the humidifier from activating if the discharge air is near its saturation point. This protects against discharging fog from the unit or condensation forming on the unit’s supply air baffles. This protection mode is activated when the supply air leaving the unit is below 64°F (17.8°C) or above 55% relative humidity. The Liebert iCOM screen will display “Humidifier Suspended.” The screen will display “Humidifier Resumed” when the protection mode resets at 67°F (19.4°C).

175

Liebert® CRV™

Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only

A.1.1 Humidifier Water Supply and Plumbing The fill valve is sized for an extended water pressure range of 30 to 80 psi. For installations where water pressure is less than 15 psi, add a pressure boost pump and notify the factory; a fill valve with an oversized opening will be supplied. For installations where water pressure is greater than 80 psi, install a pressure reducing valve in the water feed line to the unit. With dirty or muddy water sources (e.g., some well sources), ensure proper filtration by adding an external filter to the water line entering the unit. (Consult factory for accessories such as filters.)

NOTICE Risk of improper water supply. Can reduce humidifier efficiency or obstruct humidifier plumbing. Do not use completely demineralized water with this unit. The water must contain minerals for the electrode principle to work. Do not use a hot water source; it will cause deposits that will eventually block the fill valve opening.

A.1.2 Humidifier Water Connection A copper compression olive type coupling for 1/4" O.D. soft copper tubing is provided with the unit and requires no soldering for the water connection to the unit. An isolating valve should ALWAYS be placed in the feed water line to allow service of the fill valve. Each unit is fitted with a fill solenoid valve located on the base drain pan. Flow openings are designed for water pressure from 30 to 80 psi and are protected by the built-in strainer. For inlet water pressure outside this range, the factory should be contacted. Figure 144 Water connection to humidifier 3/8" Cold Water Olive Connection

7/8" Drain Connection

Use 7/8" ID Hose from Factory

Liebert® CRV™

176

Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only

A.1.3 Humidifier Startup and Operation • Ambient temperature location for humidifier: 41 - 104°F (5 - 40°C). • Relative humidity location for humidifiers: 5 - 80% RH. Check to see that the unit is securely mounted on a level surface with the proper drain and water supply. Check for correct voltage with appropriately sized service. Check that the steam distributor, steam supply hose and condensate line are correctly installed and routed back to the unit. Check all electrical connections for wires that may have become loose in shipping. Components damaged because of loose connections are NOT under warranty. Check electrode plugs to ensure they are pressed firmly onto the electrode pins. Important: Loose connections will cause overheating of the cylinder plugs, possibly melting the plugs and/or cylinder. 1. Open the isolating valve in the feed water line to the unit. 2. Make sure the Liebert iCOM® is set high enough to call for humidification. 3. Turn on the main disconnect in the primary service feeding the unit and check that unit has power at the primary terminal block. 4. Push the auto On/Off/Drain Switch to “On.” Water will start to enter the cylinder through its bottom port and rise in the cylinder to a point determined by the solid state control circuitry. It is not unusual upon initial startup for the water to fill the cylinder and cycle on the red high-water sensor light. The red light simply acts as a safety to shut off the fill valve and prevent overfilling. With the red light on, the water in the cylinder will continue to heat and, after a few minutes, start to boil. After the boiling of the water has lowered the water level below the sensor at the top of the cylinder, the red light will go out and the fill solenoid will again open until the cylinder is again full. This cycling of the red light and fill valve will continue until the unit's full output capacity is reached, after which the water level will automatically lower itself in the cylinder. (The increased concentration allows for lower electrode coverage while maintaining the same output.) When a stabilized condition is reached, the water will be boiling close to the cylinder seam level. The solid state circuitry will maintain the proper concentration in the cylinder by introducing short drains only when necessary. If the cylinder is manually drained, the above process will repeat itself.

A.1.4 Low Water Conductivity Should normalization of the unit be required immediately after startup, the installer may speed up the process by artificially increasing water conductivity. During a fill cycle, the installer should dissolve half a teaspoon of table salt (no more) in a cup of water and add it to the cylinder by means of the fill cup attached to the plumbing section. Open the plumbing compartment and add salt solution through cylinder outlet. Excessive amounts of salt will result in erratic operation of the unit; however, normalization of the unit will occur automatically through the solid-state control sequence.

A.1.5 Cylinder Replacement

NOTICE Risk of electrical malfunction. Humidifier operation beyond the usable life of the cylinder can cause improper operation and equipment damage. The steam cylinder is disposable and must be replaced at the end of cylinder life. Cylinder life depends on water supply conditions and humidifier usage. After an extended period of operation, the cylinder will be completely used, as indicated by the red high-water sensor light illuminated on the cabinet. When this condition is reached, a new replacement cylinder must be installed. NOTE The red light may come on during initial startup, but this does not mean the cylinder must be replaced. See 10.0 Startup and 14.0 Operation. Contact Emerson or your local Emerson representative to obtain a replacement cylinder. To obtain the correct cylinder, supply the cylinder model from the white three-digit label on the cylinder, or supply the model, voltage and serial number from the unit specification label. 177

Liebert® CRV™

Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only

Remove the Old Cylinder 1. Turn Off the water supply to the unit. 2. The old cylinder must be drained completely before removing. This is done by pushing the auto On/Off/Drain switch to the “drain” position. 3. When the cylinder is empty, push the auto On/Off/Drain switch to the Off position.

! WARNING Risk of electric shock. Can cause injury or death. Open all local and remote electric power disconnect switches and verify with a voltmeter that power is Off before completing the next step in the cylinder replacement operation. 4. The power wires to the cylinder are attached by cylinder plugs to the electrode pins on top of the cylinder. Pull these plugs off the pins. 5. Using a slotted screwdriver, loosen the steam hose clamp(s) and pull the steam hose off. The cylinder is now ready to be lifted out of the unit.

Installing the New Cylinder 1. Leave the main disconnect open until the cylinder is completely installed and reconnected. 2. Ensure that the cylinder mounting stubs are seated properly in the allotted side mounting slots within the unit. 3. The white sensor plug on all units is for the sensor pin, which always goes on the single pin offset from the others. 4. Ensure that cylinder plugs are snug on the pins. 5. Replace loose-fitting plugs; loose plugs may generate enough heat to melt and destroy the plug, and new cylinder plugs must be ordered. Reverse the procedure to install a new cylinder. Figure 145 Sensor pins, cylinder plugs White Sensor Plug

1

Sensor Pin

Cylinder Plug

Cylinder Pin

Cylinder Pin

Humidifier Maintenance

! WARNING Risk of electric shock. Can cause injury or death. Open all local and remote electric power supply disconnect switches and verify with a voltmeter that power is Off before performing maintenance on the humidifier. The plumbing and electrical compartments contain high-voltage components and wiring. The access cover is attached with screws. Access should be limited to authorized personnel only.

Extended Shutdown Always drain the cylinder before disconnecting power to the humidifier for a period of extended shutdown. Otherwise, the electrodes are subject to harmful corrosion, which drastically shortens the cylinder life. Do not leave the switch in the DRAIN position indefinitely because the drain coil could burn out. Leave the switch in the Off position and open the main external fused disconnect to stop power to the humidifier. Close the shutoff valve in the water supply line feeding the humidifier. Liebert® CRV™

178

Humidifier—600mm (24") Units Only

A.1.6 Humidifier Troubleshooting Terms Used • FLA (Full Load Amps) are amps listed on the humidifier specification label. • Short cycling occurs when the humidifier’s “On time” is less than 10 minutes upon a call for humidity. To correct short cycling, all humidifiers have a capacity adjustment that allows the output of the humidifier to be reduced to as low as 20% of rated output, thus extending the “on time” required to maintain output. • Foaming can occur when the impurities already in water reach an excess concentration as a result of boiling away water and continued boiling agitates the contained water. The humidifier electronics are designed to prevent foaming, although in extreme cases water will foam with little concentration, making it necessary to increase the drain time of the water contained in the cylinder. Foaming is normally caused by short cycling, a restricted drain or back pressure. The foam generated in these instances is conductive and may lead to false full-cylinder indication if the level of the foam approaches the top of the cylinder. • Back pressure is the restriction of steam flow caused by long steam runs, improperly sloped steam lines, elbows changing the direction of steam flow from horizontal to vertical without a drain leg, any plumbing detail allowing the accumulation of condensate, undersized steam line, improper steam distributor, downward air flow onto the distributor causing excess static pressure at the steam outlets, or high static pressure ducts (not probable). To overcome excess static pressure in the duct, use a fill cup extension kit. In downflow applications, a downflow distributor should be used, but in some cases the fill cup extension will also be required. • Reset unit (humidifier): To reset the humidifier, switch the auto On/Off/Drain switch at the front of the humidifier to the Off position for at least five seconds, then switch it back to the On position. • Monitored leg is the primary wire to the cylinder that loops through the current sensing device of the main PCB. This wire ends at the red cylinder plug at the cylinder. Table 42 Humidifier troubleshooting Unit Status Lamp Yellow On

Off

1 flash sequence

Green

Symptom

Corrective Actions

Maximum water level inside cylinder.

This usually happens on initial start-up after replacing the cylinder (normal). Water is concentrated with minerals inside the cylinder. Let unit run; yellow light will disappear when the unit is at full output. This may take a day or two.

Off

No power to the board.

Check for main power supply fault. Turn power switch to 'Drain' position. If drain valve is activated (sound of solenoid), check connection to the board or board itself. When no sound is present, check fuse (replace with 3.0 A if needed), transformer (voltage should be present between fuse holder and ground screw).

Off

Excess current. Operating amperage exceeded 130% of rated amps. Water is drained from the cylinder (drain valve on for 10 minutes).

Check drain valve operation, drain time, possible drain restrictions. Check fill valve for leaks (not holding supply water). Back pressure may also cause very conductive water conditions. Was the humidifier short cycling? Check for short cycling. Water conductivity too high.

On

2 flashes in sequence

Off

No current detection for 30 minutes with continuous call for humidity.

Check water level in the cylinder - should be more than 1/4 full. If not, check fill rate, 24 VAC voltage on fill valve terminals (unit must be on with call for humidity - green light on steadily). Verify fresh water supply to the humidifier. Leaking drain valve may be at fault (minerals blocking the plunger). If cylinder is more than 1/4 full, check primary power, connections to the cylinder, continuity of wires to cylinder. Are power wires connected to proper terminals on the cylinder? (Color coding.) Possibly wrong cylinder type. Low water conductivity.

4 flashes in sequence

Off

End of cylinder life change cylinder.

Check water level in the cylinder; should be about 3/4 full. Check for foaming if water level is lower or cylinder life shorter than expected. Change cylinder, clean drain valve.

179

Liebert® CRV™

Remote Rack Sensor Troubleshooting

APPENDIX B - REMOTE RACK SENSOR TROUBLESHOOTING If the sensor has been set up correctly and is communicating to the Liebert CRV, then the status of the LED (DS1) located on the sensor circuit board will be solid green. Figure 146 CANbus and Ethernet cable wiring Six-wire CANbus cable with RJ -12 long body connectors ; suitable for Liebert iCOM board with THB , HCB and Liebert iCOM display connections

A

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

Pair 1

Pair 2 Pair 3

Straight-through Ethernet cable with RJ 45 connectors ; suitable for U 2U connection or for connecton of the Liebert iCOM Large Coldfire Display ; all through switch or hub

A

Liebert® CRV™

180

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

Pair 1 Pair 3 Pair 2

Pair 4

Remote Rack Sensor Troubleshooting

B.1

STARTING POINT Auto On/Off/Drain switch in On position—unit will not fill: When the On/Off control circuit is made and the Auto On/Off/Drain switch is pushed to On, the 24V holding coil of the primary contactor should energize. The resulting magnetic pull closes the high voltage contacts with a distinct and audible “clunk.” If the contactor will not make the connection, then inspect the following while referring to the wiring diagram: • • • •

Check for 24V across terminals 18 and 26 on the PC board. The low-voltage 3A fuse located in the control box may be blown. The contactor holding coil may be open or shorted. The switch may be defective.

Recheck that the Auto On/Off/Drain switch is still On. If it is, shut off the main disconnect and check fuses or breaker of the main disconnect. If they are serviceable, turn power back on. To test for a defective Auto On/Off/Drain switch, connect a wire from the fuse directly to Terminal 6 on the external controls strip. If the contactor activates, the On side of the switch is defective. If the contactor does not activate, the PC board could be defective. If the 3A control fuse blows when the wire from the fuse touches Terminal 6 on the external controls strip, the contactor holding coil may be shorted. Replace contactor if necessary. After the necessary components have been replaced and the contactor pulls in, there is line voltage to the cylinder and the control sequence can begin. Approximately 30 seconds after the contactor pulls in, the fill valve coil should energize. There is also a visible fill relay on the printed circuit board. It is the one located farthest from the C.T. core. The points on this relay must be touching in order for the fill valve coil to be energized. If the points do not touch after the built-in time delay, the sensor input may be interfering. To confirm, remove the black and red sensor wires from terminals 6 and 10 on the PC board. Wait 30 seconds and, if the fill relay points do not touch, replace the sensor. If they still do not touch, the basic PC board may be faulty. To confirm, disconnect the red wire from terminal 18 and touch it to terminal 14. If the fill valve coil activates, the basic PC board should be replaced. If it still does not activate, the fill valve coil should be replaced. After the necessary components have been changed, water will start filling the cylinder and begin to submerge the electrodes. Because of the high voltage across the electrodes, the water can now conduct electricity. Red “Change Cylinder” light on—Water at top of cylinder: This is a common occurrence on startup. See 10.0 Startup and 14.0 Operation. Water remains at high level and won't concentrate: This is normal on cold startup and can be accelerated by adding a maximum of 1/2 tsp. of dissolved salt to the cylinder on fill cycle through the plastic fill cup. See A.1.4 Low Water Conductivity. If the unit has been operating extensively, observe for normal fill-boil-fill-boil cycle; no drainage should occur. If drainage occurs, check for leaking drain valve or back pressure. Unit drains continually: May be caused by foaming and/or back pressure or by a leaking drain valve. If cylinder is almost empty, check for magnetic pull on drain solenoid indicating miswiring. If there is no pull, drain actuator is blocked open; remove, disassemble and clean. If drain is occurring through activated drain valve, valve is miswired or electronics are faulty; consult factory. If drain is occurring through the overflow on the fill cup, this is due to abnormal restriction on the steam line and back pressure forcing water out of the cylinder so water cannot concentrate and level remains high. Review installation of steam line to ensure there are no blockages or excessive static pressure in the air system.

181

Liebert® CRV™

Technical Support / Service Web Site www.liebert.com Monitoring [email protected] 800-222-5877 Outside North America: +00800 1155 4499 Single-Phase UPS & Server Cabinets [email protected] 800-222-5877 Outside North America: +00800 1155 4499 Three-Phase UPS & Power Systems 800-543-2378 Outside North America: 614-841-6598 Environmental Systems 800-543-2778 Outside the United States: 614-888-0246

Locations

While every precaution has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this literature, Liebert Corporation assumes no responsibility and disclaims all liability for damages resulting from use of this information or for any errors or omissions. © 2014 Liebert Corporation All rights reserved throughout the world. Specifications subject to change without notice. ® Liebert is a registered trademark of Liebert Corporation. All names referred to are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

United States 1050 Dearborn Drive P.O. Box 29186 Columbus, OH 43229 Europe Via Leonardo Da Vinci 8 Zona Industriale Tognana 35028 Piove Di Sacco (PD) Italy +39 049 9719 111 Fax: +39 049 5841 257 Asia 29/F, The Orient Square Building F. Ortigas Jr. Road, Ortigas Center Pasig City 1605 Philippines +63 2 687 6615 Fax: +63 2 730 9572

SL-11975_REV9_04-14

Emerson Network Power Liebert www.emerson.com

www.EmersonNetworkPower.com